1 | % Conventions: uncross-referenced entries appear first, then |
---|
2 | %  cross-referenced entries. In both groups, entries are sorted by their |
---|
3 | %  title field. Lines like "% A" exist to speed searches. The main |
---|
4 | %  paper on a language uses the language name as the citation key. Other |
---|
5 | %  papers use ``<language name>:'' as a prefix. Please consider leaving |
---|
6 | %Â Â keyword lists and an abstract or comment for future generations, and |
---|
7 | %Â Â put some identification in a contributer field. |
---|
8 | |
---|
9 | %Â Â Predefined journal names: |
---|
10 | % acmcs: Computing Surveys       acta: Acta Infomatica |
---|
11 | %Â cacm: Communications of the ACM |
---|
12 | %Â ibmjrd: IBM J. Research & Development ibmsj: IBM Systems Journal |
---|
13 | % ieeese: IEEE Trans. on Soft. Eng.  ieeetc: IEEE Trans. on Computers |
---|
14 | %Â ieeetcad: IEEE Trans. on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits |
---|
15 | % ipl: Information Processing Letters jacm: Journal of the ACM |
---|
16 | % jcss: J. Computer & System Sciences scp: Science of Comp. Programming |
---|
17 | % sicomp: SIAM J. on Computing     tocs: ACM Trans. on Comp. Systems |
---|
18 | % tods: ACM Trans. on Database Sys.  tog: ACM Trans. on Graphics |
---|
19 | % toms: ACM Trans. on Math. Software  toois: ACM Trans. on Office Info. Sys. |
---|
20 | %Â toplas: ACM Trans. on Prog. Lang. & Sys. |
---|
21 | %Â tcs: Theoretical Computer Science |
---|
22 | @string{ieeepds="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"} |
---|
23 | @string{ieeese="IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} |
---|
24 | @string{spe="Software---\-Practice and Experience"} |
---|
25 | @string{sigplan="SIGPLAN Notices"} |
---|
26 | @string{joop="Journal of Object-Oriented Programming"} |
---|
27 | @string{popl="Conference Record of the ACM Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages"} |
---|
28 | @string{osr="Operating Systems Review"} |
---|
29 | @string{pldi="Programming Language Design and Implementation"} |
---|
30 | |
---|
31 | % A |
---|
32 | |
---|
33 | @incollection{ABC++, |
---|
34 |   keywords  = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++}, |
---|
35 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
36 |   author   = {William G. O'Farrell and Frank Ch. Eigler and S. David Pullara and Gregory V. Wilson }, |
---|
37 |   title    = {{ABC}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
38 |   editor   = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
---|
39 |   booktitle  = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
40 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
41 |   series   = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
---|
42 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
43 |   pages    = {1-42}, |
---|
44 | } |
---|
45 | |
---|
46 | @techreport{CL90abstract, |
---|
47 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
48 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
49 |   author   = {Luca Cardelli and Xavier Leroy}, |
---|
50 |   title    = {Abstract Types and the Dot Notation}, |
---|
51 |   institution = {Systems Research Center}, |
---|
52 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
53 |   address   = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301}, |
---|
54 |   number   = 56, |
---|
55 |   summary   = { |
---|
56 | Â Â Â Â The existential types of Mitchell and Plotkin \cite{atet} model |
---|
57 | Â Â Â Â abstract types, but their ``open'' notation is unlike the usual dot |
---|
58 |     notation used in programming languages. This paper gives |
---|
59 | Â Â Â Â translations between the ``open'' and ``dot'' forms, and suggests |
---|
60 | Â Â Â Â extensions for nested and for parameterized abstractions. |
---|
61 | Â Â } |
---|
62 | } |
---|
63 | |
---|
64 | @article{atet, |
---|
65 |   keywords  = {lambda calculus, polymorphism}, |
---|
66 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
67 |   author   = {John C. Mitchell and Gordon D. Plotkin}, |
---|
68 |   title    = {Abstract Types have Existential Type}, |
---|
69 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
70 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
71 |   month    = jul, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {470-502}, |
---|
72 |   abstract  = { |
---|
73 | Â Â Â Â Abstract data type declarations appear in typed programming |
---|
74 |     languages like Ada, Alphard, CLU and ML. This form of declaration |
---|
75 | Â Â Â Â binds a list of identifiers to a type with associated operations, a |
---|
76 |     composite ``value'' we call a {\em data algebra}. We use a |
---|
77 | Â Â Â Â second-order typed lambda calculus SOL to show how data algebras |
---|
78 | Â Â Â Â may be given types, passed as parameters, and returned as results of |
---|
79 |     function calls. In the process, we discuss the semantics of |
---|
80 | Â Â Â Â abstract data type declarations and review a connection between |
---|
81 | Â Â Â Â typed programming languages and constructive logic. |
---|
82 | Â Â } |
---|
83 | } |
---|
84 | |
---|
85 | @article{alphard:intro, |
---|
86 |   keywords  = {encapsulation, data abstraction}, |
---|
87 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
88 |   author   = {Wm. A. Wulf and Ralph L. London and Mary Shaw}, |
---|
89 |   title    = {Abstraction and Verification in Alphard: Introduction to Language and Methodology}, |
---|
90 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
91 |   year    = 1976, |
---|
92 |   month    = dec, volume = {SE-2}, number = 4, pages = {253-265}, |
---|
93 |   note    = {Reprinted in \cite{alphard}.}, |
---|
94 |   abstract  = { |
---|
95 | Â Â Â Â Alphard is a programming language whose goals include supporting |
---|
96 | Â Â Â Â both the development of well-structured programs and the formal |
---|
97 |     verification of these programs. This paper attempts to capture the |
---|
98 | Â Â Â Â symbiotic influence of these two goals on the design of the |
---|
99 |     language. To that end the language description is interleaved with |
---|
100 | Â Â Â Â the presentation of a proof technique and discudssion of |
---|
101 |     programming methodology. Examples to illustrate both the language |
---|
102 | Â Â Â Â and the verification technique are included. |
---|
103 | Â Â } |
---|
104 | } |
---|
105 | |
---|
106 | @book{Hilfinger83, |
---|
107 |   keywords  = {ada}, |
---|
108 |   author   = {Paul N. Hilfinger}, |
---|
109 |   title    = {Abstraction Mechanisms and Language Design}, |
---|
110 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
111 |   series   = {ACM Distinguished Dissertations}, |
---|
112 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
113 | } |
---|
114 | |
---|
115 | @incollection{Lavender96, |
---|
116 |   author   = {R. Greg Lavender and Douglas C. Schmidt}, |
---|
117 |   chapter   = {Active Object: An Object Behavioral Pattern for Concurrent Programming}, |
---|
118 |   title    = {Pattern Languages of Program Design 2}, |
---|
119 |   editor   = {John M. Vlissides and James O. Coplien and Norman L. Kerth}, |
---|
120 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
121 |   pages    = {483-499}, |
---|
122 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.}, |
---|
123 |   address   = {Boston, MA, USA}, |
---|
124 | } |
---|
125 | |
---|
126 | @article{Nierstrasz87, |
---|
127 |   keywords  = {Hybrid, active objects, object-oriented languages, |
---|
128 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â object-based languages, delegation, concurrency}, |
---|
129 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
130 |   author   = {O. M. Nierstrasz}, |
---|
131 |   title    = {Active Objects in {Hybrid}}, |
---|
132 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
133 |   volume   = 22, |
---|
134 |   number   = 12, |
---|
135 |   month    = dec, |
---|
136 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
137 |   pages    = {243-253}, |
---|
138 |   note    = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida}, |
---|
139 |   abstract  = { |
---|
140 | Â Â Â Â Most object-oriented languages are strong on reusability or on |
---|
141 |     strong-typing, but weak on concurrency. In response to this gap, |
---|
142 | Â Â Â Â we are developing {\it Hybrid}, an object-oriented language in which |
---|
143 |     objects are the active entities. Objects in Hybrid are organized |
---|
144 | Â Â Â Â into {\it domains}, and concurrent executions into {\it activities}. |
---|
145 | Â Â Â Â All object communications are based on remote procedure calls. |
---|
146 |     Unstructured {\it sends\/} and {\it accepts\/} are forbidden. To |
---|
147 | Â Â Â Â this the mechanisms of {\it delegation\/} and {\it delay queues\/} |
---|
148 | Â Â Â Â are added to enable switching and triggering of activities. |
---|
149 | Â Â Â Â Concurrent subactivities and atomic actions are provided for |
---|
150 |     compactness and simplicity. We show how solutions to many important |
---|
151 | Â Â Â Â concurrent problems [sic], such as pipelining, constraint management |
---|
152 | Â Â Â Â and ``administration'' can be compactly expressed using these |
---|
153 | Â Â Â Â mechanisms. |
---|
154 | Â Â }, |
---|
155 |   comment   = {Mentions Thoth in reference to delegation} |
---|
156 | } |
---|
157 | |
---|
158 | @book{Actors, |
---|
159 |   keywords  = {actors, concurrency}, |
---|
160 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
161 |   author   = {Gul A. Agha}, |
---|
162 |   title    = {Actors: A Model of Concurrent Computation in Distributed Systems}, |
---|
163 |   publisher  = {MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.}, |
---|
164 |   year    = 1986 |
---|
165 | } |
---|
166 | |
---|
167 | @article{polymorphImpl, |
---|
168 |   keywords  = {Napier88}, |
---|
169 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
170 |   author   = {R. Morrison and A. Dearle and R. C. H. Connor and A. L. Brown}, |
---|
171 |   title    = {An Ad Hoc Approach to the Implementation of Polymorphism}, |
---|
172 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
173 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
174 |   month    = jul, |
---|
175 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
176 |   number   = 3, |
---|
177 |   pages    = {342-371}, |
---|
178 |   abstract  = { |
---|
179 | Â Â Â Â Polymorphic abstraction provides the ability to write programs that |
---|
180 | Â Â Â Â are independent of the form of the data over which they operate. |
---|
181 | Â Â Â Â There are a number of different categories of polymorphic |
---|
182 | Â Â Â Â expression---ad hoc and universal, which includes parametric and |
---|
183 | Â Â Â Â inclusion---all of which have many advantages in terms of code |
---|
184 |     reuse and software economics. It has proved difficult to provide |
---|
185 |     efficient implementations of polymorphism. Here, we address this |
---|
186 | Â Â Â Â problem and describe a new technique that can implement all forms |
---|
187 | Â Â Â Â of polymorphism, use a conventional machine architecture, and |
---|
188 |     support nonuniform data representations. Furthermore, the method |
---|
189 | Â Â Â Â ensures that any extra cost of implementation applies to |
---|
190 | Â Â Â Â polymorphic forms only, and allows such polymorphic forms to |
---|
191 | Â Â Â Â persist over program invocations. |
---|
192 | Â Â }, |
---|
193 |   summary   = { |
---|
194 | Â Â Â Â They give three ways to implement polymorphism: {\em textual |
---|
195 | Â Â Â Â polymorphism}, which seems to be template instantiation, {\em |
---|
196 | Â Â Â Â uniform polymorphism}, which they explain badly, and {\em tagged |
---|
197 | Â Â Â Â polymorphism}, where object code performs type tests. |
---|
198 | |
---|
199 | Â Â Â Â They use first-class procedures to implement polymorphism: routines |
---|
200 | Â Â Â Â with type parameters are implemented as curried routines that |
---|
201 | Â Â Â Â return a nested routine that refers to the type parameter. |
---|
202 | Â Â } |
---|
203 | } |
---|
204 | |
---|
205 | @article{dim:ada, |
---|
206 |   keywords  = {Dimensional Analysis, Ada}, |
---|
207 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
208 |   author   = {Paul N. Hilfinger}, |
---|
209 |   title    = {An {Ada} Package for Dimensional Analysis}, |
---|
210 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
211 |   month    = apr, |
---|
212 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
213 |   volume   = 10, |
---|
214 |   number   = 2, |
---|
215 |   pages    = {189-203}, |
---|
216 | } |
---|
217 | |
---|
218 | @mastersthesis{Younger91, |
---|
219 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++, postponing requests}, |
---|
220 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
221 |   author   = {Brian M. Younger}, |
---|
222 |   title    = {Adding Concurrency to {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
223 |   school   = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
224 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
225 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
226 | } |
---|
227 | |
---|
228 | @inproceedings{Buhr92c, |
---|
229 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
230 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
231 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield}, |
---|
232 |   title    = {Adding Concurrency to a Programming Language}, |
---|
233 |   booktitle  = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings}, |
---|
234 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
235 |   address   = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.}, |
---|
236 |   month    = aug, |
---|
237 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
238 |   pages    = {207-224}, |
---|
239 | } |
---|
240 | |
---|
241 | @article{Buhr89b, |
---|
242 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
243 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
244 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and C. R. Zarnke}, |
---|
245 |   title    = {Adding Concurrency to a Statically Type-Safe Object-Oriented Programming Language}, |
---|
246 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
247 |   volume   = 24, |
---|
248 |   number   = 4, |
---|
249 |   month    = apr, |
---|
250 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
251 |   pages    = {18-21}, |
---|
252 |   note    = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A.}, |
---|
253 | } |
---|
254 | |
---|
255 | @article{Knuth66, |
---|
256 |   keywords  = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
---|
257 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
258 |   author   = {Donald E. Knuth}, |
---|
259 |   title    = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
---|
260 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
261 |   month    = may, |
---|
262 |   year    = 1966, |
---|
263 |   volume   = 9, |
---|
264 |   number   = 5, |
---|
265 |   pages    = {321-322}, |
---|
266 |   note    = {Letter to the Editor} |
---|
267 | } |
---|
268 | |
---|
269 | @article{DeBruijn67, |
---|
270 |   keywords  = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
---|
271 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
272 |   author   = {Nicolaas Govert de Bruijn}, |
---|
273 |   title    = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
---|
274 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
275 |   month    = mar, |
---|
276 |   year    = 1967, |
---|
277 |   volume   = 10, |
---|
278 |   number   = 3, |
---|
279 |   pages    = {137-138}, |
---|
280 |   note    = {letter to the Editor} |
---|
281 | } |
---|
282 | |
---|
283 | @phdthesis{Krischer10, |
---|
284 |   author   = {Roy Krischer}, |
---|
285 |   title    = {Advanced Concepts in Asynchronous Exception Handling}, |
---|
286 |   school   = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
287 |   year    = 2010, |
---|
288 |   month    = dec, |
---|
289 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
290 |   optnote   = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}}, |
---|
291 |   note    = {\href{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/10012/5751/1/Krischer_Roy.pdf}{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}}, |
---|
292 | } |
---|
293 | |
---|
294 | @article{Buhr00a, |
---|
295 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
296 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
297 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and W. Y. Russell Mok}, |
---|
298 |   title    = {Advanced Exception Handling Mechanisms}, |
---|
299 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
300 |   volume   = 26, |
---|
301 |   number   = 9, |
---|
302 |   month    = sep, |
---|
303 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
304 |   pages    = {820-836}, |
---|
305 | } |
---|
306 | |
---|
307 | @book{Richter97, |
---|
308 |   keywords  = {Win32, threads}, |
---|
309 |   author   = {Jeffrey M. Richter}, |
---|
310 |   title    = {Advanced Windows}, |
---|
311 |   publisher  = {Microsoft Press}, |
---|
312 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
313 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
314 | } |
---|
315 | |
---|
316 | @article{Francez77, |
---|
317 |   keywords  = {parameter passing, named/positional arguments}, |
---|
318 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
319 |   author   = {Nissim Francez}, |
---|
320 |   title    = {Another Advantage of Key word Notation for Parameter Communication with Subprograms}, |
---|
321 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
322 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
323 |   number   = 8, |
---|
324 |   month    = aug, |
---|
325 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
326 |   pages    = {604-605}, |
---|
327 | } |
---|
328 | |
---|
329 | @article{Algol60, |
---|
330 |   keywords  = {Algol60}, |
---|
331 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
332 |   author   = {J. W. Backus and F. L. Bauer and J. Green and C. Katz and |
---|
333 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â J. McCarthy and P. Naur and A. J. Perlis and H. Rutishauser and K. Samuelson |
---|
334 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â and B. Vauquois and J.H. Wegstein and A. van Wijngaarden and M. Woodger}, |
---|
335 |   title    = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language Algol 60}, |
---|
336 |   editor   = {Peter Nauer}, |
---|
337 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
338 |   volume   = 6, |
---|
339 |   number   = 1, |
---|
340 |   month    = jan, |
---|
341 |   year    = 1963, |
---|
342 |   pages    = {1-17}, |
---|
343 | } |
---|
344 | |
---|
345 | @article{Mellor-Crummey91, |
---|
346 |   keywords  = {spin locks, compare-and-swap, barriers}, |
---|
347 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
348 |   author   = {John M. Mellor-Crummey and Michael L. Scott}, |
---|
349 |   title    = {Algorithm for Scalable Synchronization on Shared-Memory Multiprocessors}, |
---|
350 |   journal   = tocs, |
---|
351 |   volume   = 9, |
---|
352 |   number   = 1, |
---|
353 |   month    = feb, |
---|
354 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
355 |   pages    = {21-65}, |
---|
356 | } |
---|
357 | |
---|
358 | @article{Cormack81, |
---|
359 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
360 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
361 |   author   = {Gordon V. Cormack}, |
---|
362 |   title    = {An Algorithm for the Selection of Overloaded Functions in {Ada}}, |
---|
363 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
364 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
365 |   month    = feb, volume = 16, number = 2, pages = {48-52}, |
---|
366 |   comment   = { |
---|
367 |     A one-pass, top-down algorithm for overload resolution. Input is a |
---|
368 | Â Â Â Â parse tree and the desired result type, and output is the number of |
---|
369 |     solutions. For each overloading of the root identifier with a |
---|
370 | Â Â Â Â matching parameter list, recursively solve for each parameter for |
---|
371 | Â Â Â Â the corresponding argument type---there should be one solution. |
---|
372 | Â Â } |
---|
373 | } |
---|
374 | |
---|
375 | @book{Raynal86, |
---|
376 |   keywords  = {mutual exclusion, locks}, |
---|
377 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
378 |   author   = {M. Raynal}, |
---|
379 |   title    = {Algorithms for Mutual Exclusion}, |
---|
380 |   publisher  = {The MIT Press}, |
---|
381 |   address   = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, |
---|
382 |   series   = {Scientific Computation Series}, |
---|
383 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
384 |   note    = {Translated by D. Beeson}, |
---|
385 | } |
---|
386 | |
---|
387 | @incollection{Gidenstam05, |
---|
388 |   keywords  = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation}, |
---|
389 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
390 |   author   = {Anders Gidenstam and Marina Papatriantafilou and Philippas Tsigas}, |
---|
391 |   title    = {Allocating Memory in a Lock-free Manner}, |
---|
392 |   editor   = {Gerth St{\o}lting Brodal and Stefano Leonardi}, |
---|
393 |   booktitle  = {Algorithms -- ESA 2005}, |
---|
394 |   pages    = {329-342}, |
---|
395 |   publisher  = {Springer}, |
---|
396 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
397 |   volume   = 3669, |
---|
398 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
---|
399 | } |
---|
400 | |
---|
401 | @book{Sites92, |
---|
402 |   keywords  = {computers, Alpha}, |
---|
403 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
404 |   editor   = {Richard L. Sites}, |
---|
405 |   title    = {Alpha Architecture Reference Manual}, |
---|
406 |   publisher  = {Digital Press, One Burlington Woods Drive, Burlington, MA, U. S. A., 01803}, |
---|
407 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
408 | } |
---|
409 | |
---|
410 | @book{alphard, |
---|
411 |   keywords  = {Parametric polymorphism, alphard, iterators, nested types}, |
---|
412 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
413 |   editor   = {Mary Shaw}, |
---|
414 |   title    = {{ALPHARD}: Form and Content}, |
---|
415 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
416 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
417 |   comment   = {Collection of papers about Alphard.} |
---|
418 | } |
---|
419 | |
---|
420 | @article{Kessels77, |
---|
421 |   keywords  = {monitors}, |
---|
422 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
423 |   author   = {Joep L. W. Kessels}, |
---|
424 |   title    = {An Alternative to Event Queues for Synchronization in Monitors}, |
---|
425 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
426 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
427 |   number   = 7, |
---|
428 |   month    = jul, |
---|
429 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
430 |   pages    = {500-503}, |
---|
431 |   annote   = { |
---|
432 | Â Â } |
---|
433 | } |
---|
434 | |
---|
435 | @article{descr, |
---|
436 |   keywords  = {X2, subclasses, inheritance, parameterized classes}, |
---|
437 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
438 |   author   = {David Sandberg}, |
---|
439 |   title    = {An Alternative to Subclassing}, |
---|
440 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
441 |   volume   = {21},  number = {11}, |
---|
442 |   pages    = {424-428}, |
---|
443 |   month    = nov, year = 1986, |
---|
444 |   comment   = { |
---|
445 | Â Â Â Â The Smalltalk class hierarchy has three uses: factoring out code; |
---|
446 | Â Â Â Â ``Abstraction superclasses'' such as Collection; rapid construction |
---|
447 | Â Â Â Â of new classes by incremental change. |
---|
448 | |
---|
449 | Â Â Â Â ``A descriptive class specifies a partial behavior by specifying a |
---|
450 | Â Â Â Â set of procedure headings that describe what can be done with |
---|
451 | Â Â Â Â instances of classes that belong to the descriptive class.''Â An |
---|
452 | Â Â Â Â ``instance'' statement declares a class to be an instance of a |
---|
453 | Â Â Â Â descriptive class and defines the correspondence between |
---|
454 |     operations. Procedures with descriptive class parameters take any |
---|
455 |     instance as arguments. Descriptive classes can describe relations |
---|
456 | Â Â Â Â like ``c is a collection with element type e'', but how such things |
---|
457 | Â Â Â Â are used isn't explained. |
---|
458 | Â Â Â Â |
---|
459 | Â Â Â Â For each descriptive class used in a parameter list, an implicit |
---|
460 | Â Â Â Â parameter is created that is passed a vector of procedures. |
---|
461 | Â Â } |
---|
462 | } |
---|
463 | |
---|
464 | @incollection{Matsuoka93, |
---|
465 |   keywords  = {inheritance anomaly}, |
---|
466 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
467 |   author   = {Satoshi Matsuoka and Akinori Yonezawa}, |
---|
468 |   title    = {Analysis of Inheritance Anomaly in Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming Languages}, |
---|
469 |   booktitle  = {Research Directions in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
470 |   editor   = {Gul Agha and Peter Wegner and Akinori Yonezawa}, |
---|
471 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
472 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
473 |   pages    = {107-150}, |
---|
474 | } |
---|
475 | |
---|
476 | @article{Sinha00, |
---|
477 |   author   = {Saurabh Sinha and Mary Jean Harrold}, |
---|
478 |   title    = {Analysis and Testing of Programs with Exception-Handling Constructs}, |
---|
479 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
480 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
481 |   month    = sep, |
---|
482 |   volume   = 26, |
---|
483 |   number   = 9, |
---|
484 |   pages    = {849--871}, |
---|
485 | } |
---|
486 | |
---|
487 | @inproceedings{Robillard99, |
---|
488 |   author   = {Martin P. Robillard and Gail C. Murphy}, |
---|
489 |   title    = {Analyzing Exception Flow in {J}ava Programs}, |
---|
490 |   booktitle  = {ESEC/FSE-7: Proceedings of the 7th European Software Engineering Conference held jointly |
---|
491 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â with the 7th ACM SIGSOFT International Symposium on Foundations of Software Engineering}, |
---|
492 |   year    = 1999, |
---|
493 |   pages    = {322--337}, |
---|
494 |   isbn    = {3-540-66538-2}, |
---|
495 |   location  = {Toulouse, France}, |
---|
496 |   doi     = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/318773.319251}, |
---|
497 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
498 |   address   = {London, UK}, |
---|
499 | } |
---|
500 | |
---|
501 | @book{C++, |
---|
502 |   keywords  = {C++, ANSI}, |
---|
503 |   author   = {Margaret A. Ellis and Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
504 |   title    = {The Annotated {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Reference Manual}, |
---|
505 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
506 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
507 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
508 | } |
---|
509 | |
---|
510 | @book{APL, |
---|
511 |   keywords  = {APL}, |
---|
512 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
513 |   author   = {K. E. Iverson}, |
---|
514 |   title    = {A Programming Language}, |
---|
515 |   publisher  = {Wiley, New York}, |
---|
516 |   year    = 1962 |
---|
517 | } |
---|
518 | |
---|
519 | @article{PS-Algol:old, |
---|
520 |   author   = {M. Atkinson and P. Bailey and K. Chisholm and P. Cockshott and R. Morrison}, |
---|
521 |   title    = {An Approach to Persistent Programming}, |
---|
522 |   journal   = {The Computer Journal}, |
---|
523 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
524 |   volume   = 26, |
---|
525 |   number   = 4, |
---|
526 |   pages    = {360-365}, |
---|
527 | } |
---|
528 | |
---|
529 | @article{Kessels82, |
---|
530 |   keywords  = {concurrency, critical section}, |
---|
531 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
532 |   author   = {Joep L. W. Kessels}, |
---|
533 |   title    = {Arbitration Without Common Modifiable Variables}, |
---|
534 |   journal   = acta, |
---|
535 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
536 |   number   = 2, |
---|
537 |   month    = jun, |
---|
538 |   year    = 1982, |
---|
539 |   pages    = {135-141}, |
---|
540 | } |
---|
541 | |
---|
542 | @article{Buhr95a, |
---|
543 |   keywords  = {concurrency, library approach}, |
---|
544 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
545 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr}, |
---|
546 |   title    = {Are Safe Concurrency Libraries Possible?}, |
---|
547 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
548 |   month    = feb, |
---|
549 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
550 |   volume   = 38, |
---|
551 |   number   = 2, |
---|
552 |   pages    = {117-120}, |
---|
553 | } |
---|
554 | |
---|
555 | @book{ARMv7, |
---|
556 |   key     = {ARM processor}, |
---|
557 |   title    = {ARM Architecture Reference Manual}, |
---|
558 |   publisher  = {ARM}, |
---|
559 |   volume   = {ARM DDI 0406C.b (ID072512)}, |
---|
560 |   year    = 2012, |
---|
561 | } |
---|
562 | |
---|
563 | @book{Herlihy08, |
---|
564 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
565 |   author   = {Herlihy, Maurice and Shavit, Nir}, |
---|
566 |   title    = {The Art of Multiprocessor Programming}, |
---|
567 |   year    = 2008, |
---|
568 |   isbn    = {0123705916, 9780123705914}, |
---|
569 |   publisher  = {Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc.}, |
---|
570 |   address   = {San Francisco, CA, USA}, |
---|
571 | } |
---|
572 | |
---|
573 | @inproceedings{Chung10, |
---|
574 |   keywords  = {transactional memory, lock-free programming, x86 architecture}, |
---|
575 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
576 |   author   = {Jaewoong Chung and Luke Yen and Stephan Diestelhorst and Martin Pohlack and Michael Hohmuth and David Christie and Dan Grossman}, |
---|
577 |   title    = {ASF: AMD64 Extension for Lock-Free Data Structures and Transactional Memory}, |
---|
578 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the 2010 43rd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture}, |
---|
579 |   series   = {MICRO '43}, |
---|
580 |   year    = 2010, |
---|
581 |   pages    = {39--50}, |
---|
582 |   numpages  = {12}, |
---|
583 |   publisher  = {IEEE Computer Society}, |
---|
584 |   address   = {Washington, DC, USA}, |
---|
585 | } |
---|
586 | |
---|
587 | @article{Buhr94a, |
---|
588 |   keywords  = {assignment, parameter passing, multiple assignment}, |
---|
589 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
590 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr and David Till and C. R. Zarnke}, |
---|
591 |   title    = {Assignment as the Sole Means of Updating Objects}, |
---|
592 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
593 |   month    = sep, |
---|
594 |   year    = 1994, |
---|
595 |   volume   = 24, |
---|
596 |   number   = 9, |
---|
597 |   pages    = {835-870}, |
---|
598 | } |
---|
599 | |
---|
600 | @inproceedings{Krischer08, |
---|
601 |   keywords  = {exception handling, asynchronous, blocked tasks}, |
---|
602 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
603 |   author   = {Roy Krischer and Peter A. Buhr}, |
---|
604 |   title    = {Asynchronous Exception Propagation in Blocked Tasks}, |
---|
605 |   booktitle  = {4th International Workshop on Exception Handling (WEH.08)}, |
---|
606 | Â Â organization=Â {16th International Symposium on the Foundations of Software Engineering (FSE 16)}, |
---|
607 |   address   = {Atlanta, U.S.A}, |
---|
608 |   month    = nov, |
---|
609 |   year    = 2008, |
---|
610 |   pages    = {8-15}, |
---|
611 | } |
---|
612 | |
---|
613 | @article{oop:modpascal, |
---|
614 |   keywords  = {ModPascal}, |
---|
615 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
616 |   author   = {Walter G. Olthoff}, |
---|
617 |   title    = {Augmentation of Object-Oriented Programming by Concepts of Abstract Data Type Theory: The ModPascal Experience}, |
---|
618 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
619 |   volume   = 21, |
---|
620 |   number   = 11, |
---|
621 |   pages    = {429-443}, |
---|
622 |   month    = nov, |
---|
623 |   year    = 1986 |
---|
624 | } |
---|
625 | |
---|
626 | @inproceedings{Shen91, |
---|
627 |   keywords  = {Ada, polymorphism}, |
---|
628 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
629 |   author   = {Jun Shen and Gordon V. Cormack}, |
---|
630 |   title    = {Automatic instantiation in Ada}, |
---|
631 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the ACM Tri-Ada Conference}, |
---|
632 | Â Â organization=Â {ACM}, |
---|
633 |   address   = {San Jose, California, U.S.A}, |
---|
634 |   month    = oct, |
---|
635 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
636 |   pages    = {338-346}, |
---|
637 | } |
---|
638 | |
---|
639 | @article{Havender68, |
---|
640 |   keywords  = {deadlock}, |
---|
641 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
642 |   author   = {J. W. Havender}, |
---|
643 |   title    = {Avoiding Deadlock in Multitasking Systems}, |
---|
644 |   journal   = ibmsj, |
---|
645 |   volume   = 7, |
---|
646 |   number   = 2, |
---|
647 |   year    = 1968, |
---|
648 |   pages    = {74-84}, |
---|
649 | } |
---|
650 | |
---|
651 | % B |
---|
652 | |
---|
653 | @incollection{beta:old, |
---|
654 |   keywords  = {beta, patterns, virtual types}, |
---|
655 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
656 |   author   = {Bent Bruun Kristensen and Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard}, |
---|
657 |   title    = {The BETA Programming Language}, |
---|
658 |   booktitle  = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
659 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
660 |   series   = {Computer Systems Series}, |
---|
661 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
662 |   pages    = {7-48}, |
---|
663 |   editor   = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner} |
---|
664 | } |
---|
665 | |
---|
666 | @article{Knudsen87, |
---|
667 |   keyword   = {static exception handling mechanism, BETA, sequel}, |
---|
668 |   contributor = {wyrmok@plg}, |
---|
669 |   author   = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen}, |
---|
670 |   title    = {Better Exception Handling in Block Structured Systems}, |
---|
671 |   journal   = {IEEE Software}, |
---|
672 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
673 |   month    = may, |
---|
674 |   volume   = 4, |
---|
675 |   number   = 3, |
---|
676 |   pages    = {40-49}, |
---|
677 |   comments  = { |
---|
678 | Â Â Â Â Going up the call hierarchy to look for a handler does not fit an |
---|
679 | Â Â Â Â otherwise statically scoped language. Also, not knowing which handler |
---|
680 | Â Â Â Â to be used when raising an abnormal event is seen as a weakness of the |
---|
681 | Â Â Â Â (dynamic) exception handling mechanism. Knudsen believed that raising |
---|
682 | Â Â Â Â an exception should specify the handler for the exception -- the |
---|
683 |     handler is chosen when the exception is raised. However, I don't think |
---|
684 | Â Â Â Â his scheme can solve the problem, especially with all the callback |
---|
685 | Â Â Â Â routines commonly found in OO programming. |
---|
686 | |
---|
687 | Â Â Â Â BETA exception handling mechanism uses his work as a foundation. |
---|
688 | Â Â Â Â However, I don't see any benefits BETA has over other language that is |
---|
689 | Â Â Â Â a direct consequence of Knudsen's work. On the other hand, my knowledge |
---|
690 | Â Â Â Â on BETA is very limited. |
---|
691 | Â Â Â Â } |
---|
692 | } |
---|
693 | |
---|
694 | @book{BCPL, |
---|
695 |   keywords  = {BCPL}, |
---|
696 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
697 |   author   = {M. Richards and C. Whitby-Strevens}, |
---|
698 |   title    = {{BCPL} -- The Language and Its Compiler}, |
---|
699 |   publisher  = {Cambridge University Press, Cambridge}, |
---|
700 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
701 | } |
---|
702 | |
---|
703 | @incollection{Madsen87, |
---|
704 |   keywords  = {nested classes}, |
---|
705 |   contributer = {pabuhr@watmsg}, |
---|
706 |   author   = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen}, |
---|
707 |   title    = {Block Structure and Object Oriented Languages}, |
---|
708 |   booktitle  = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
709 |   editor   = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner}, |
---|
710 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
711 |   series   = {Computer Systems Series}, |
---|
712 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
713 |   pages    = {113-128} |
---|
714 | } |
---|
715 | |
---|
716 | @inproceedings{booleanClasses, |
---|
717 |   keywords  = {specifications}, |
---|
718 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
719 |   author   = {David McAllester and Ramin Zabih}, |
---|
720 |   title    = {Boolean Classes}, |
---|
721 |   crossref  = "OOPSLA86", |
---|
722 |   pages    = {417-423}, |
---|
723 |   abstract  = { |
---|
724 | Â Â Â Â We extend the notion of class so that any Boolean combination of |
---|
725 |     classes is also a class. Boolean classes allow greater precision |
---|
726 | Â Â Â Â and conciseness in naming the class of objects governed a |
---|
727 |     particular method [sic]. A class can be viewed as a predicate |
---|
728 |     which is either true or false of any given object. Unlike |
---|
729 | Â Â Â Â predicates however classes have an inheritance hierarchy which is |
---|
730 |     known at compile time. Boolean classes extend the notion of class, |
---|
731 | Â Â Â Â making classes more like predicates, while preserving the compile |
---|
732 | Â Â Â Â time computable inheritance hierarchy. |
---|
733 | Â Â }, |
---|
734 |   comment = { |
---|
735 | Â Â Â Â Classes are predicates; if object {\tt o} is in class {\tt C}, then |
---|
736 |     {\tt C} is true of {\tt o}. Classes are combined with {\tt :AND}, |
---|
737 |     {\tt :OR}, and {\tt :NOT}. Inheritance is treated as implication: |
---|
738 | Â Â Â Â {\tt (:implies C E)} means that if class {\tt C} is true of {\tt |
---|
739 | Â Â Â Â o}, class expression {\tt E} is true of {\tt o}, so if {\tt E} is a |
---|
740 |     class, it is a superclass of {\tt C}. Some class expressions, i.e. |
---|
741 |     {\tt (:OR c1 c2)}, can't be instantiated. Others, i.e. {\tt (:NOT |
---|
742 | Â Â Â Â c)}, can't be given methods or members because almost all classes |
---|
743 |     would inherit them, violating modularity. The rules for spotting |
---|
744 |     these problems are complex. Determining if one class inherits from |
---|
745 | Â Â Â Â another needs an exponential algorithm. |
---|
746 | Â Â } |
---|
747 | } |
---|
748 | |
---|
749 | @mastersthesis{Krischer02, |
---|
750 |   author   = {Roy Krischer }, |
---|
751 |   title    = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming Languages}, |
---|
752 |   school   = {Universit\"at Mannheim}, |
---|
753 |   address   = {Mannheim, Deutschland}, |
---|
754 |   year    = 2002, |
---|
755 |   month    = oct, |
---|
756 |   type    = {Diplomarbeit}, |
---|
757 |   note    = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-theses/\-KrischerThesis.ps.gz}}}, |
---|
758 | } |
---|
759 | |
---|
760 | @inproceedings{Buhr03, |
---|
761 |   keywords  = {exception handling, bound handler}, |
---|
762 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
763 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer}, |
---|
764 |   title    = {Bound Exceptions in Object Programming}, |
---|
765 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the ECOOP 2003 Workshop on Exception Handling in Object Oriented Systems: |
---|
766 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Towards Emerging Application Areas and New Programming Paradigms}, |
---|
767 | Â Â organization=Â {ECOOP}, |
---|
768 |   address   = {Darmstadt, Germany}, |
---|
769 |   month    = jul, |
---|
770 |   year    = 2003, |
---|
771 |   pages    = {20-26}, |
---|
772 | } |
---|
773 | %  note    = {http://www.cs.umn.edu/research/technical_reports.php/listing/technical_reports.php?page=report&report_id=03-028} |
---|
774 | |
---|
775 | @inproceedings{Buhr06b, |
---|
776 |   keywords  = {exception handling, bound exceptions}, |
---|
777 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer}, |
---|
778 |   title    = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
779 |   editor   = {C. Dony and J. L. Knudsen and A. Romanovsky and A. Tripathi}, |
---|
780 |   booktitle  = {Advanced Topics in Exception Handling Techniques}, |
---|
781 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
782 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
---|
783 |   volume   = 4119, |
---|
784 |   year    = 2006, |
---|
785 |   pages    = {1-21} |
---|
786 | } |
---|
787 | |
---|
788 | % C |
---|
789 | |
---|
790 | @book{C, |
---|
791 |   keywords  = {C}, |
---|
792 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
793 |   author   = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie}, |
---|
794 |   title    = {The {C} Programming Language}, |
---|
795 |   publisher  = {Prentice Hall}, |
---|
796 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
797 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
798 |   series   = {Prentice Hall Software Series}, |
---|
799 |   comment   = { |
---|
800 | Â Â Â Â Â based on draft-proposed ANSI C |
---|
801 | Â Â } |
---|
802 | } |
---|
803 | |
---|
804 | @book{C:old, |
---|
805 |   keywords  = {C}, |
---|
806 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
807 |   author   = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie}, |
---|
808 |   title    = {The {C} Programming Language}, |
---|
809 |   publisher  = {Prentice Hall}, |
---|
810 |   year    = 1978, |
---|
811 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
812 | } |
---|
813 | |
---|
814 | @manual{ANSI89:C, |
---|
815 |   keywords  = {ANSI C 89}, |
---|
816 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
817 |   title    = {American National Standard for Information Systems -- Programming Language -- {C}}, |
---|
818 | Â Â organization=Â {American National Standards Institute}, |
---|
819 |   address   = {1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018}, |
---|
820 |   month    = dec, |
---|
821 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
822 |   note    = {X3.159-1989} |
---|
823 | } |
---|
824 | |
---|
825 | @manual{C11, |
---|
826 |   keywords  = {ISO/IEC C 11}, |
---|
827 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
828 |   key     = {C11}, |
---|
829 |   title    = {American National Standard Information technology -- Programming Languages -- {C}}, |
---|
830 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899-2011[2012]}, |
---|
831 |   publisher  = {International Standard Organization}, |
---|
832 |   address   = {http://www.iso.org}, |
---|
833 |   year    = 2012, |
---|
834 | } |
---|
835 | |
---|
836 | @mastersthesis{Esteves04, |
---|
837 |   keywords  = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading}, |
---|
838 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
839 |   author   = {Rodolfo Gabriel Esteves}, |
---|
840 |   title    = {C$\forall$, a Study in Evolutionary Design in Programming Languages}, |
---|
841 |   school   = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
842 |   year    = 2004, |
---|
843 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
844 |   note    = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/EstevesThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-EstevesThesis.pdf}}, |
---|
845 | } |
---|
846 | |
---|
847 | @inproceedings{c++scheme, |
---|
848 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
849 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
850 |   author   = {Vincent F. Russo and Simon M. Kaplan}, |
---|
851 |   title    = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Interpreter for {S}cheme}, |
---|
852 |   booktitle  = {Usenix {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference}, |
---|
853 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
854 |   pages    = {95-108}, |
---|
855 |   summary   = { |
---|
856 | Â Â Â Â The SIOD interpreter for a Scheme subset, written in C, has a |
---|
857 | Â Â Â Â tagged union representing data objects, and read(), eval(), and |
---|
858 | Â Â Â Â print() functions that are basically large switch statements that |
---|
859 |     switch based on the tag. The authors rewrote it to use a class |
---|
860 | Â Â Â Â with virtual read(), eval(), and print() members, without changing |
---|
861 |     any algorithms. The result was more modular, more easily |
---|
862 | Â Â Â Â extensible, more reliable, and slightly faster. |
---|
863 | Â Â }, |
---|
864 |   comment   = { |
---|
865 | Â Â Â Â The evidence given is thin. |
---|
866 | Â Â Â Â } |
---|
867 | } |
---|
868 | |
---|
869 | @article{doskernel, |
---|
870 |   keywords  = {light weight processes}, |
---|
871 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
872 |   author   = {Tom Green}, |
---|
873 |   title    = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Multitasking Kernel}, |
---|
874 |   journal   = {Dr. Dobb's Journal of Software Tools}, |
---|
875 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
876 |   month    = feb, volume = 14, number = 2, pages = {45-51}, |
---|
877 |   comment   = { |
---|
878 |     A light-weight multitasking kernel for MS-DOS. A task\_control |
---|
879 | Â Â Â Â object holds task objects, which may block themselves on signal |
---|
880 |     objects. Task switching is normally preemptive, but tasks can turn |
---|
881 |     off preemption before calling non-reentrant routines. Source code |
---|
882 | Â Â Â Â is given. |
---|
883 | Â Â } |
---|
884 | } |
---|
885 | |
---|
886 | @inproceedings{Doeppner87, |
---|
887 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
888 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
889 |   author   = {Thomas W. Doeppner and Alan J. Gebele}, |
---|
890 |   title    = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} on a Parallel Machine}, |
---|
891 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop}, |
---|
892 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
893 |   address   = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A}, |
---|
894 |   month    = nov, |
---|
895 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
896 |   pages    = {94-107}, |
---|
897 | } |
---|
898 | |
---|
899 | @book{Lippman91, |
---|
900 |   keywords  = {C++}, |
---|
901 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
902 |   author   = {Stanley B. Lippman}, |
---|
903 |   title    = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Primer}, |
---|
904 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
905 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
906 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
907 |   note    = {QA76.73.C15L57}, |
---|
908 | } |
---|
909 | |
---|
910 | @book{c++:v1, |
---|
911 |   keywords  = {C++}, |
---|
912 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
913 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
914 |   title    = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language}, |
---|
915 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
916 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
917 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
918 |   series   = {Addison-Wesley Series in Computer Science} |
---|
919 | } |
---|
920 | |
---|
921 | @book{c++:v2, |
---|
922 |   keywords  = {C++}, |
---|
923 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
924 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
925 |   title    = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language}, |
---|
926 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
927 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
928 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
929 | } |
---|
930 | |
---|
931 | @book{c++:v3, |
---|
932 |   keywords  = {C++}, |
---|
933 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
934 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
935 |   title    = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language}, |
---|
936 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
937 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
938 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
939 | } |
---|
940 | |
---|
941 | @manual{Csharp, |
---|
942 |   keywords  = {C#}, |
---|
943 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
944 |   title    = {C\# Language Specification, Standard ECMA-334}, |
---|
945 | Â Â organization=Â {ECMA International Standardizing Information and Communication Systems}, |
---|
946 |   month    = jun, |
---|
947 |   year    = 2006, |
---|
948 |   edition   = {4th}, |
---|
949 | } |
---|
950 | |
---|
951 | @article{Buhr85, |
---|
952 |   keywords  = {goto, multi-exit loop}, |
---|
953 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
954 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr}, |
---|
955 |   title    = {A Case for Teaching Multi-exit Loops to Beginning Programmers}, |
---|
956 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
957 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
958 |   number   = 11, |
---|
959 |   month    = nov, |
---|
960 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
961 |   pages    = {14-22} |
---|
962 | } |
---|
963 | |
---|
964 | @techreport{cforall-ug, |
---|
965 |   keywords  = {cforall, user guide}, |
---|
966 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
967 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and David Till and Charles R. Zarnke}, |
---|
968 |   title    = {\mbox{\mdseries\sffamily C{$\mathbf{\forall}$}}\ Users Guide, Version 0.1}, |
---|
969 |   institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
970 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
971 |   month    = oct, |
---|
972 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
973 |   note    = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/cfa.ps}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-\char`\~cforall/\-cfa.ps}}, |
---|
974 | } |
---|
975 | |
---|
976 | @manual{cforall, |
---|
977 |   keywords  = {polymorphism}, |
---|
978 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
979 |   author   = {Glen Ditchfield}, |
---|
980 |   title    = {Cforall Reference Manual and Rationale}, |
---|
981 |   edition   = {Revision 1.82}, |
---|
982 |   month    = jan, |
---|
983 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
984 |   note    = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-Cforall/\-refrat.ps.gz}}}, |
---|
985 | } |
---|
986 | |
---|
987 | @book{Yourdon79, |
---|
988 |   keywords  = {software engineering}, |
---|
989 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
990 |   editor   = {Edward Nash Yourdon}, |
---|
991 |   title    = {Classics in Software Engineering}, |
---|
992 |   publisher  = {Yourdon Press}, |
---|
993 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
994 | } |
---|
995 | |
---|
996 | @inproceedings{Crnogorac98, |
---|
997 |   keywords  = {inheritance anomaly}, |
---|
998 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
999 |   author   = {Lobel Crnogorac and Anand S. Rao and Kotagiri Ramamohanarao}, |
---|
1000 |   title    = {Classifying Inheritance Mechanisms in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
1001 |   editor   = {Eric Jul}, |
---|
1002 |   booktitle  = {{ECOOP}~'98---Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
1003 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
---|
1004 |   publisher  = {Springer}, |
---|
1005 |   volume   = 1445, |
---|
1006 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
1007 |   pages    = {571-601}, |
---|
1008 | Â Â ISBNÂ Â Â Â =Â {3-540-64737-6}, |
---|
1009 | Â Â ISSNÂ Â Â Â =Â {0302-9743}, |
---|
1010 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1011 | Â Â Â Â Inheritance is one of the key concepts in object-oriented rogramming. However, the |
---|
1012 | Â Â Â Â usefulness of inheritance in concurrent object-oriented programming is greatly |
---|
1013 | Â Â Â Â reduced by the problem of inheritance anomaly. Inheritance anomaly is manifested |
---|
1014 | Â Â Â Â by undesirable re-definitions of inherited code. The problem is aggravated by the |
---|
1015 | Â Â Â Â lack of a formal analysis, with a multitude of differing proposals and conflicting |
---|
1016 | Â Â Â Â opinions causing the current state of research, and further directions, to be |
---|
1017 | Â Â Â Â unclear. In this paper we present a formal analysis of inheritance anomaly in |
---|
1018 | Â Â Â Â concurrent object-oriented programming. Starting from a formal definition of the |
---|
1019 | Â Â Â Â problem we develop a taxonomy of the anomaly, and use it to classify the various |
---|
1020 | Â Â Â Â proposals. As a result, the major ideas, trends and limitations of the various |
---|
1021 | Â Â Â Â proposals are clearly exposed. Formal analysis of the anomaly and a thorough |
---|
1022 | Â Â Â Â exposition of its causes and implications are the pre-requisites for a successful |
---|
1023 | Â Â Â Â integration of inheritance and concurrency. |
---|
1024 | Â Â }, |
---|
1025 | } |
---|
1026 | |
---|
1027 | @book{CLU, |
---|
1028 |   keywords  = {CLU}, |
---|
1029 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1030 |   author   = {Barbara Liskov and Russell Atkinson and Toby Bloom and Eliot |
---|
1031 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Moss and J. Craig Schaffert and Robert Scheifler and Alan Snyder}, |
---|
1032 |   title    = {CLU Reference Manual}, |
---|
1033 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
1034 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
1035 |   volume   = 114, |
---|
1036 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science} |
---|
1037 | } |
---|
1038 | |
---|
1039 | @manual{Cobol14, |
---|
1040 |   keywords  = {ISO/IEC Cobol 14}, |
---|
1041 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1042 |   key     = {Cobol14}, |
---|
1043 |   title    = {Programming Languages -- {Cobol}}, |
---|
1044 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
1045 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014}, |
---|
1046 |   publisher  = {International Standard Organization}, |
---|
1047 |   address   = {http://www.iso.org}, |
---|
1048 |   year    = 2014, |
---|
1049 | } |
---|
1050 | |
---|
1051 | @article{coagulation, |
---|
1052 |   keywords  = {register allocation, instruction selection, jello}, |
---|
1053 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1054 |   author   = {Michael Karr}, |
---|
1055 |   title    = {Code Generation by Coagulation}, |
---|
1056 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
1057 |   year    = 1984, |
---|
1058 |   month    = jun, volume = 19, number = 6, pages = {1-12}, |
---|
1059 |   note    = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN '84 Symposium on Compiler Construction}, |
---|
1060 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1061 |     This paper describes a new approach to code-generation. The |
---|
1062 | Â Â Â Â central tenet is that there must be a more intimate coupling |
---|
1063 | Â Â Â Â between register allocation and instruction selection than exists |
---|
1064 |     in present-day technology. This is achieved by generating code in |
---|
1065 | Â Â Â Â very small regions and gradually coalescing the part of the program |
---|
1066 | Â Â Â Â that is ``compiled''. |
---|
1067 | Â Â }, |
---|
1068 |   comment   = { |
---|
1069 | Â Â Â Â Imagine the program, including the subroutines, spread out over a |
---|
1070 | Â Â Â Â table, with the compiler dropping Jello on the parts as they are |
---|
1071 |     compiled. At first little drops appear in seemingly random places. |
---|
1072 | Â Â Â Â These get bigger and combine with other drops to form growing |
---|
1073 |     globs. When two globs meet, ripples will go out through each as |
---|
1074 | Â Â Â Â they adjust to each other's presence, although the parts of the |
---|
1075 |     globs that formed first are less affected by the ripples. When |
---|
1076 | Â Â Â Â compilation is complete, there is one congealed mass. |
---|
1077 | Â Â } |
---|
1078 | } |
---|
1079 | |
---|
1080 | @article{Soloway83, |
---|
1081 |   keywords  = {goto, structure programming}, |
---|
1082 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1083 |   author   = {E. Soloway and J. Bonar and K. Ehrlich}, |
---|
1084 |   title    = {Cognitive Strategies and Looping Constructs: An Empirical Study}, |
---|
1085 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
1086 |   month    = nov, |
---|
1087 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
1088 |   volume   = 26, |
---|
1089 |   number   = 11, |
---|
1090 |   pages    = {853-860}, |
---|
1091 | } |
---|
1092 | |
---|
1093 | @book{sml:commentary, |
---|
1094 |   author   = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte}, |
---|
1095 |   title    = {Commentary on Standard {ML}}, |
---|
1096 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
1097 |   address   = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.}, |
---|
1098 |   year    = 1991 |
---|
1099 | } |
---|
1100 | |
---|
1101 | @article{Hyman66, |
---|
1102 |   keywords  = {mutual exclusion, software solution, incorrect}, |
---|
1103 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1104 |   author   = {Harris Hyman}, |
---|
1105 |   title    = {Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
---|
1106 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
1107 |   month    = jan, |
---|
1108 |   year    = 1966, |
---|
1109 |   volume   = 9, |
---|
1110 |   number   = 1, |
---|
1111 |   pages    = {45}, |
---|
1112 |   note    = {Letter to the Editor} |
---|
1113 | } |
---|
1114 | |
---|
1115 | @inproceedings{clos, |
---|
1116 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
1117 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1118 |   author   = {Linda G. DeMichiel and Richard P. Gabriel}, |
---|
1119 |   title    = {The Common Lisp Object System: An Overview}, |
---|
1120 |   booktitle  = {ECOOP '87. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
1121 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
1122 |   pages    = {151-170}, |
---|
1123 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag} |
---|
1124 | } |
---|
1125 | |
---|
1126 | @book{CommonLisp, |
---|
1127 |   keywords  = {common lisp}, |
---|
1128 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1129 |   author   = {G. Steele}, |
---|
1130 |   title    = {COMMON LISP: The Language}, |
---|
1131 |   publisher  = {Digital Press}, |
---|
1132 |   year    = 1984 |
---|
1133 | } |
---|
1134 | |
---|
1135 | @article{CommonLoops, |
---|
1136 |   author   = {D. Bobrow and K. Kahn and G. Kiczales and L. Masinter and M. Stefik and F. Zdybel}, |
---|
1137 |   title    = {CommonLoops: Merging Common Lisp and Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
1138 |   address   = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.}, |
---|
1139 |   journal   = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications}, |
---|
1140 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
1141 |   month    = sep, |
---|
1142 |   pages    = {17-29}, |
---|
1143 | } |
---|
1144 | |
---|
1145 | @article{co-overview, |
---|
1146 |   keywords  = {CommonObjects, implementation, encapsulation}, |
---|
1147 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1148 |   author   = {Alan Snyder}, |
---|
1149 |   title    = {CommonObjects: An Overview}, |
---|
1150 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
1151 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
1152 |   month    = oct, volume = 21, number = 10, pages = {19-28}, |
---|
1153 |   note    = {Object Oriented Programming Workshop} |
---|
1154 | } |
---|
1155 | |
---|
1156 | @article{CSP, |
---|
1157 |   keywords  = {CSP, concurrency}, |
---|
1158 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1159 |   author   = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
---|
1160 |   title    = {Communicating Sequential Processes}, |
---|
1161 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
1162 |   month    = aug, |
---|
1163 |   year    = 1978, |
---|
1164 |   volume   = 21, |
---|
1165 |   number   = 8, |
---|
1166 |   pages    = {666-677} |
---|
1167 | } |
---|
1168 | |
---|
1169 | @book{Hoare85, |
---|
1170 |   author   = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
---|
1171 |   title    = {Communicating Sequential Processes}, |
---|
1172 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
1173 |   isbn    = {0-13-153271-5}, |
---|
1174 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall, Inc.}, |
---|
1175 |   address   = {Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA}, |
---|
1176 |   note    = {\href{http://www.usingcsp.com/cspbook.pdf}{http://\-www.usingcsp.com/\-cspbook.pdf}}, |
---|
1177 | } |
---|
1178 | |
---|
1179 | @article{Hansen72a, |
---|
1180 |   keywords  = {monitors, automatic signal}, |
---|
1181 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1182 |   author   = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
---|
1183 |   title    = {A Comparison of Two Synchronizing Concepts}, |
---|
1184 |   journal   = acta, |
---|
1185 |   volume   = 1, |
---|
1186 |   year    = 1972, |
---|
1187 |   pages    = {190-199}, |
---|
1188 | } |
---|
1189 | |
---|
1190 | @book{Aho06, |
---|
1191 |   author   = {Alfred V. Aho and Monica S. Lam and Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D. Ullman}, |
---|
1192 |   title    = {Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools}, |
---|
1193 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
1194 |   year    = {2006}, |
---|
1195 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.}, |
---|
1196 |   address   = {Boston, MA, USA}, |
---|
1197 | } |
---|
1198 | |
---|
1199 | @article{Bacon94, |
---|
1200 |   keywords  = {parallelizing compiler}, |
---|
1201 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1202 |   author   = {David F. Bacon and Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp}, |
---|
1203 |   title    = {Compiler Transformations for High-Performance Computing}, |
---|
1204 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
1205 |   volume   = 26, |
---|
1206 |   number   = 4, |
---|
1207 |   month    = dec, |
---|
1208 |   year    = 1994, |
---|
1209 |   pages    = {345-420}, |
---|
1210 | } |
---|
1211 | |
---|
1212 | @inproceedings{Berger01, |
---|
1213 |   author   = {Emery D. Berger and Benjamin G. Zorn and Kathryn S. McKinley}, |
---|
1214 |   title    = {Composing High-Performance Memory Allocators}, |
---|
1215 |   booktitle  = {{SIGPLAN} Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation}, |
---|
1216 |   pages    = {114-124}, |
---|
1217 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
1218 |   url     = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/berger01composing.html} |
---|
1219 | }Â |
---|
1220 | |
---|
1221 | @article{Andrews83, |
---|
1222 |   keywords  = {general concurrency}, |
---|
1223 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1224 |   author   = {Gregory R. Andrews and Fred B. Schneider}, |
---|
1225 |   title    = {Concepts and Notations for Concurrent Programming}, |
---|
1226 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
1227 |   volume   = 15, |
---|
1228 |   number   = 1, |
---|
1229 |   month    = mar, |
---|
1230 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
1231 |   pages    = {3-43}, |
---|
1232 | } |
---|
1233 | |
---|
1234 | @mastersthesis{Mok97, |
---|
1235 |   author   = {Wing Yeung Russell Mok}, |
---|
1236 |   title    = {Concurrent Abnormal Event Handling Mechanisms}, |
---|
1237 |   school   = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
1238 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
1239 |   month    = sep, |
---|
1240 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
1241 |   note    = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-theses/\-MokThesis.ps.gz}}}, |
---|
1242 | } |
---|
1243 | |
---|
1244 | @article{Gehani86, |
---|
1245 |   keywords  = {Concurrent programming, C, Distributed systems, rendezvous}, |
---|
1246 |   contributer = {dgharriss@plg}, |
---|
1247 |   author   = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome}, |
---|
1248 |   title    = {{Concurrent C}}, |
---|
1249 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
1250 |   volume   = 16, |
---|
1251 |   number   = 9, |
---|
1252 |   month    = sep, |
---|
1253 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
1254 |   pages    = {821-844}, |
---|
1255 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1256 | Â Â Â Â Our objective is to enhance C so that it can be used to write |
---|
1257 | Â Â Â Â concurrent programs that can run efficiently on both single computers |
---|
1258 |     and multicomputers. Our concurrent programming extensions to C are |
---|
1259 |     based on the {\it rendezvous\/} concept. These extensions include |
---|
1260 | Â Â Â Â mechanisms for the declaration and creation of processes, for process |
---|
1261 | Â Â Â Â synchronization and interaction, for process termination and abortion. |
---|
1262 | Â Â Â Â We give a rationale for our decisions and compare Concurrent C |
---|
1263 | Â Â Â Â extensions with the concurrent programming facilities in Ada. |
---|
1264 | Â Â Â Â Concurrent C has been implemented on the UNIX system running on a |
---|
1265 |     single processor. A distributed version of Concurrent C is being |
---|
1266 | Â Â Â Â implemented. |
---|
1267 | Â Â }, |
---|
1268 |   comment   = { |
---|
1269 |     Select with guarded and screened accepts. Typed processes. |
---|
1270 |     Process-valued expressions and process variables. Processes have |
---|
1271 | Â Â Â Â execution priority: Create {\em process-type-name}(args) [with |
---|
1272 | Â Â Â Â priority(p)], |
---|
1273 |     and the priority can be changed on the fly. Complicated guard/ |
---|
1274 | Â Â Â Â screen structure on accept: accept {\em transaction}(param names) |
---|
1275 |     [suchthat (exp)] [by (exp)] [compoundstatement]. Accepts cannot |
---|
1276 |     appear in functions! Can specify timeouts on transaction calls. |
---|
1277 | Â Â Â Â Code examples: buffer process, dining philosophers, lock manager. |
---|
1278 | Â Â Â Â Section on diffs between Concurrent C and Ada. |
---|
1279 | Â Â } |
---|
1280 | } |
---|
1281 | |
---|
1282 | @article{ConcurrentC++, |
---|
1283 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
1284 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1285 |   author   = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome}, |
---|
1286 |   title    = {Concurrent {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrent Programming with Class(es)}, |
---|
1287 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
1288 |   month    = dec, |
---|
1289 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
1290 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
1291 |   number   = 12, |
---|
1292 |   pages    = {1157-1177} |
---|
1293 | } |
---|
1294 | |
---|
1295 | @article{Courtois71, |
---|
1296 |   keywords  = {reader and writer, p and v}, |
---|
1297 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1298 |   author   = {P. J. Courtois and F. Heymans and D. L. Parnas}, |
---|
1299 |   title    = {Concurrent Control with Readers and Writers}, |
---|
1300 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
1301 |   volume   = 14, |
---|
1302 |   number   = 10, |
---|
1303 |   month    = oct, |
---|
1304 |   year    = 1971, |
---|
1305 |   pages    = {667-668}, |
---|
1306 |   annote   = { |
---|
1307 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Many errors in the two solutions. |
---|
1308 | Â Â } |
---|
1309 | } |
---|
1310 | |
---|
1311 | @incollection{Reppy93, |
---|
1312 |   keywords  = {ML, concurrency, continuation passing}, |
---|
1313 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1314 |   author   = {John H. Reppy}, |
---|
1315 |   title    = {Concurrent {ML}: Design, Application and Semantics}, |
---|
1316 |   booktitle  = {Functional Programming, Concurrency, Simulation and Automated Reasoning}, |
---|
1317 |   editor   = {P. E. Lauer}, |
---|
1318 |   pages    = {165-198}, |
---|
1319 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
1320 |   address   = {Berlin, DE}, |
---|
1321 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
1322 | Â Â ISBNÂ Â Â Â =Â {3-540-56883-2}, |
---|
1323 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1324 | Â Â Â Â Concurrent ML (CML) is a high-level language for concurrent |
---|
1325 | Â Â Â Â programming. It is an extension of Standard ML (SML) and is implemented |
---|
1326 | Â Â Â Â on top of Standard ML of New Jersey (SML/NJ). CML is a practical |
---|
1327 | Â Â Â Â language and is being used to build real systems. It demonstrates that |
---|
1328 | Â Â Â Â one need not sacrifice high-level notation in order to have good |
---|
1329 | Â Â Â Â performance. CML is also a well-defined language. In the tradition of |
---|
1330 | Â Â Â Â SML, it has a formal semantics and its type-soundness has been |
---|
1331 | Â Â Â Â proven.}, |
---|
1332 |   note    = { |
---|
1333 | Â Â Â Â Proceedings of International Lecture Series 1991-92, McMaster |
---|
1334 | Â Â Â Â UniversityLecture Notes in Computer Science 693.}, |
---|
1335 | } |
---|
1336 | |
---|
1337 | @article{BLASE-2, |
---|
1338 |   keywords  = {concurrency, BLASE-2}, |
---|
1339 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1340 |   author   = {Piyush Mehrotra and John Van Rosendale}, |
---|
1341 |   title    = {Concurrent Object Access in BLASE~2}, |
---|
1342 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
1343 |   volume   = 24, |
---|
1344 |   number   = 4, |
---|
1345 |   month    = apr, |
---|
1346 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
1347 |   pages    = {40-42}, |
---|
1348 |   note    = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, |
---|
1349 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A}, |
---|
1350 | } |
---|
1351 | |
---|
1352 | @techreport{Kafura88, |
---|
1353 |   keywords  = {objects, concurrency}, |
---|
1354 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1355 |   author   = {Dennis Kafura}, |
---|
1356 |   title    = {Concurrent Object-Oriented Real-Time Systems Research}, |
---|
1357 |   institution = {Department of Computer Science, Virginia Polytechnic}, |
---|
1358 |   number   = {TR 88-47}, |
---|
1359 |   year    = 1988 |
---|
1360 | } |
---|
1361 | |
---|
1362 | @article{Buhr92a, |
---|
1363 |   keywords  = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
---|
1364 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1365 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and R. A. Stroobosscher and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke}, |
---|
1366 |   title    = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrency in the Object-Oriented Language {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
1367 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
1368 |   volume   = 22, |
---|
1369 |   number   = 2, |
---|
1370 |   month    = feb, |
---|
1371 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
1372 |   pages    = {137-172}, |
---|
1373 | } |
---|
1374 | |
---|
1375 | @techreport{uC++, |
---|
1376 |   keywords  = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
---|
1377 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1378 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr}, |
---|
1379 |   title    = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Annotated Reference Manual, Version 6.1.0}, |
---|
1380 |   institution = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
1381 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
1382 |   month    = jul, |
---|
1383 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
1384 |   note    = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/pub/uSystem/u++-6.1.0.sh}{\textsf{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-u++-6.1.0.sh}}}, |
---|
1385 | } |
---|
1386 | |
---|
1387 | @book{Burns93, |
---|
1388 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Pascal}, |
---|
1389 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1390 |   author   = {Alan Burns and Geoff Davies}, |
---|
1391 |   title    = {Concurrent Programming}, |
---|
1392 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
1393 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
1394 | } |
---|
1395 | |
---|
1396 | @article{Hansen73a, |
---|
1397 |   keywords  = {monitors}, |
---|
1398 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1399 |   author   = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
---|
1400 |   title    = {Concurrent Programming Concepts}, |
---|
1401 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
1402 |   month    = dec, |
---|
1403 |   year    = 1973, |
---|
1404 |   volume   = 5, |
---|
1405 |   number   = 4, |
---|
1406 |   pages    = {223-245}, |
---|
1407 | } |
---|
1408 | |
---|
1409 | @book{Lea97, |
---|
1410 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Java}, |
---|
1411 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1412 |   author   = {Doug Lea}, |
---|
1413 |   title    = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns}, |
---|
1414 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
1415 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
1416 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
1417 | } |
---|
1418 | |
---|
1419 | @book{Hartley98, |
---|
1420 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Java}, |
---|
1421 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1422 |   author   = {Stephen J. Hartley}, |
---|
1423 |   title    = {Concurrent Programming: The {J}ava Programming Language}, |
---|
1424 |   publisher  = {Oxford University Press}, |
---|
1425 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
1426 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
1427 | } |
---|
1428 | |
---|
1429 | @book{Lea00, |
---|
1430 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Java}, |
---|
1431 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1432 |   author   = {Doug Lea}, |
---|
1433 |   title    = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns}, |
---|
1434 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
1435 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
1436 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
1437 | } |
---|
1438 | |
---|
1439 | @book{ConcurrentC, |
---|
1440 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C}, |
---|
1441 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1442 |   author   = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome}, |
---|
1443 |   title    = {The {Concurrent C} Programming Language}, |
---|
1444 |   publisher  = {Silicon Press, NJ}, |
---|
1445 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
1446 | } |
---|
1447 | |
---|
1448 | @book{Andrews91:book, |
---|
1449 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
1450 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1451 |   author   = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
---|
1452 |   title    = {Concurrent Programming: Principles and Practice}, |
---|
1453 |   publisher  = {Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc., Redwood City, California}, |
---|
1454 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
1455 | } |
---|
1456 | |
---|
1457 | @article{Buhr05a, |
---|
1458 |   keywords  = {concurrency, myths}, |
---|
1459 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1460 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji}, |
---|
1461 |   title    = {Concurrent Urban Legends}, |
---|
1462 |   journal   = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience}, |
---|
1463 |   month    = aug, |
---|
1464 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
1465 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
1466 |   number   = 9, |
---|
1467 |   pages    = {1133-1172}, |
---|
1468 | } |
---|
1469 | |
---|
1470 | @techreport{Buhr90, |
---|
1471 |   keywords  = {objects, concurrency}, |
---|
1472 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1473 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr and G. J. Ditchfield and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke}, |
---|
1474 |   title    = {Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
1475 |   institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
1476 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
1477 |   number   = {CS-90-18}, |
---|
1478 |   month    = may, |
---|
1479 |   year    = 1990 |
---|
1480 | } |
---|
1481 | |
---|
1482 | @book{Burns98, |
---|
1483 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Ada}, |
---|
1484 |   author   = {Alan Burns and Andy Wellings}, |
---|
1485 |   title    = {Concurrency in {Ada}}, |
---|
1486 |   publisher  = {Cambridge University Press}, |
---|
1487 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
1488 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
1489 | } |
---|
1490 | |
---|
1491 | @book{Bernstein93, |
---|
1492 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
1493 |   author   = {Arthur J. Bernstein and Philip M. Lewis}, |
---|
1494 |   title    = {Concurrency in Programming and Database Systems}, |
---|
1495 |   publisher  = {Jones and Bartlett}, |
---|
1496 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
1497 | } |
---|
1498 | |
---|
1499 | @inproceedings{Pitman01, |
---|
1500 |   keywords  = {LISP, exception handling}, |
---|
1501 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1502 |   author   = {Kent M. Pitman}, |
---|
1503 |   title    = {Condition Handling in the Lisp Language Family}, |
---|
1504 |   booktitle  = {Exception Handling}, |
---|
1505 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
1506 |   volume   = 2022, |
---|
1507 |   series   = {LNCS}, |
---|
1508 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
1509 |   pages    = {39-59} |
---|
1510 | } |
---|
1511 | |
---|
1512 | @inbook{enhancement, |
---|
1513 |   keywords  = {bounded polymorphism, Comandos}, |
---|
1514 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1515 |   author   = {Chris Horn}, |
---|
1516 |   title    = {Conformace, Genericity, Inheritance and Enhancement}, |
---|
1517 |   pages    = {223-233}, |
---|
1518 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
1519 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
1520 |   volume   = 276, |
---|
1521 |   series   = "Lecture Notes in Computer Science", |
---|
1522 |   note    = "ECOOP '87 European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming", |
---|
1523 |   summary   = { |
---|
1524 | Â Â Â Â Considers effect of conformance on Meyer's conclusions in |
---|
1525 | Â Â Â Â \cite{polymorphism}. |
---|
1526 | |
---|
1527 | Â Â Â Â Implementing a swap function as a member of a type {\cd Swappable} |
---|
1528 | Â Â Â Â with {\cd in out Top} parameters doesn't work, because conformance |
---|
1529 | Â Â Â Â requires arguments to be of type {\cd Top}. |
---|
1530 | |
---|
1531 | Â Â Â Â An enhancive type has a type parameter, bounded by some type, and |
---|
1532 |     defines members. Types conforming to the bound can be passed as |
---|
1533 |     arguments to create types with the extra members. The signature of |
---|
1534 | Â Â Â Â the enhanced type is based on the signature of the argument, not the |
---|
1535 |     bound, as if enhancive types were macros. Hence enhanced types do not |
---|
1536 |     necessarily conform to each other. Types conforming to the bound |
---|
1537 | Â Â Â Â conform to enhanced types, which allows new functions to be applied |
---|
1538 | Â Â Â Â to old types. |
---|
1539 | |
---|
1540 |     Enhancive types are not generic types. If the argument is omitted, |
---|
1541 |     the bound is used as a default. Assignment of enhanced types to |
---|
1542 | Â Â Â Â default-enhanced types is allowed (enhanced types conform to the |
---|
1543 |     default-enhanced type). This is (probably) statically type-safe, |
---|
1544 | Â Â Â Â because arguments must conform to the bound, and the new members |
---|
1545 | Â Â Â Â only use operations defined for the bound. |
---|
1546 | |
---|
1547 | Â Â Â Â With facilities for member renaming and deletion, enhancive types |
---|
1548 | Â Â Â Â provide the equivalent of constrained generic types. |
---|
1549 | Â Â } |
---|
1550 | } |
---|
1551 | |
---|
1552 | @phdthesis{Ditchfield92, |
---|
1553 |   keywords  = {C, parametric polymorphism, overloading}, |
---|
1554 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1555 |   author   = {Glen Jeffrey Ditchfield}, |
---|
1556 |   title    = {Contextual Polymorphism}, |
---|
1557 |   school   = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
1558 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
1559 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
1560 |   note    = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/DitchfieldThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-DitchfieldThesis.pdf}} |
---|
1561 | } |
---|
1562 | |
---|
1563 | @inproceedings{frameworks:HHG90, |
---|
1564 |   keywords  = {formal}, |
---|
1565 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1566 |   author   = {Richard Helm and Ian M. Holland and Dipayan Gangopadhyay}, |
---|
1567 |   title    = {Contracts: Specifying Behavioural Compositions in Cbject-Oriented Systems}, |
---|
1568 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of ACM Symposium on Object-Oriented Programming: Systems, Languages and Applications}, |
---|
1569 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
1570 |   pages    = {169-180}, |
---|
1571 | } |
---|
1572 | |
---|
1573 | @article{Wand80, |
---|
1574 |   keywords  = {concurrency, continuation}, |
---|
1575 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1576 |   author   = {Mitchell Wand}, |
---|
1577 |   title    = {Continuation-Based Multiprocessing}, |
---|
1578 |   publisher  = {The Lisp Conference}, |
---|
1579 |   journal   = {Conference Record of the 1980 Lisp Conference}, |
---|
1580 |   pages    = {19-28}, |
---|
1581 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
1582 | } |
---|
1583 | |
---|
1584 | @article{Hieb90, |
---|
1585 |   keywords  = {continuations, concurrency}, |
---|
1586 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1587 |   author   = {Robert Hieb and R. Kent Dybvig}, |
---|
1588 |   title    = {Continuations and Concurrency}, |
---|
1589 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
1590 |   volume   = 25, |
---|
1591 |   number   = 3, |
---|
1592 |   month    = mar, |
---|
1593 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
1594 |   pages    = {128-136}, |
---|
1595 |   note    = {Proceedings of the Second ACM SIGPLAN Symposium on Principles \& Practise of Parallel Programming, |
---|
1596 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â March. 14--16, 1990, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A}, |
---|
1597 | } |
---|
1598 | |
---|
1599 | @inproceedings{Haynes84, |
---|
1600 |   keywords  = {continuations, coroutines, Scheme}, |
---|
1601 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1602 |   author   = {Christopher T. Haynes and Daniel P. Friedman and Mitchell Wand}, |
---|
1603 |   title    = {Continuations and Coroutines}, |
---|
1604 |   booktitle  = {Conference Record of the 1984 {ACM} Symposium on Lisp and Functional Programming}, |
---|
1605 | Â Â organization=Â {Association for Computing Machinery}, |
---|
1606 |   month    = aug, |
---|
1607 |   year    = 1984, |
---|
1608 |   pages    = {293-298}, |
---|
1609 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1610 | Â Â Â Â The power of first class continuations is demonstrated by implementing |
---|
1611 | Â Â Â Â a variety of coroutine mechanisms using only continuations and |
---|
1612 | Â Â Â Â functional abstraction. The importance of general abstraction |
---|
1613 | Â Â Â Â mechanisms such as continuations is discussed.}, |
---|
1614 | } |
---|
1615 | |
---|
1616 | @inproceedings{Zahn74, |
---|
1617 |   keywords  = {goto, structured programming}, |
---|
1618 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1619 |   author   = {C. T. Zahn}, |
---|
1620 |   title    = {Control Statement for Natural Top-down Structured Programming}, |
---|
1621 |   booktitle  = {Symposium on Programming Languages}, |
---|
1622 |   address   = {Paris, France}, |
---|
1623 |   year    = 1974, |
---|
1624 | } |
---|
1625 | |
---|
1626 | @techreport{Dijkstra65, |
---|
1627 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Dekker's algorithm, semaphores}, |
---|
1628 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1629 |   author   = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
---|
1630 |   title    = {Cooperating Sequential Processes}, |
---|
1631 |   institution = {Technological University}, |
---|
1632 |   address   = {Eindhoven, Netherlands}, |
---|
1633 |   year    = 1965, |
---|
1634 |   note    = {Reprinted in \cite{Genuys68} pp. 43--112.} |
---|
1635 | } |
---|
1636 | |
---|
1637 | @book{Marlin80, |
---|
1638 |   keywords  = {coroutines}, |
---|
1639 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1640 |   author   = {Christopher D. Marlin}, |
---|
1641 |   title    = {Coroutines: A Programming Methodology, a Language Design and an Implementation}, |
---|
1642 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
1643 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
1644 |   volume   = 95, |
---|
1645 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis} |
---|
1646 | } |
---|
1647 | Â |
---|
1648 | @article{Wang71, |
---|
1649 |   keywords  = {coroutines}, |
---|
1650 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1651 |   author   = {Arne Wang and Ole-Johan Dahl}, |
---|
1652 |   title    = {Coroutine Sequencing in a Block Structured Environment}, |
---|
1653 |   journal   = "BIT", |
---|
1654 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
1655 |   month    = nov, |
---|
1656 |   year    = 1971, |
---|
1657 |   pages    = {425-449}, |
---|
1658 | } |
---|
1659 | Â |
---|
1660 | @article{Castagna95, |
---|
1661 |   keywords  = {type-systems, covariance, contravariance}, |
---|
1662 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1663 |   author   = {Giuseppe Castagna}, |
---|
1664 |   title    = {Covariance and Contravariance : Conflict without a Cause}, |
---|
1665 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
1666 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
1667 |   number   = 3, |
---|
1668 |   month    = may, |
---|
1669 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
1670 |   pages    = {341-447}, |
---|
1671 | } |
---|
1672 | |
---|
1673 | @book{Fischer88, |
---|
1674 |   keywords  = {compiler construction}, |
---|
1675 |   author   = {Charles N. Fischer and Richard J. {LeBlanc, Jr.}}, |
---|
1676 |   title    = {Crafting a Compiler}, |
---|
1677 |   publisher  = {Benjamin Cummings}, |
---|
1678 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
1679 | } |
---|
1680 | |
---|
1681 | @inproceedings{Jim02, |
---|
1682 |   keywords  = {C dialect, parametric polymorphic, safe memory allocation}, |
---|
1683 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1684 |   author   = {Trevor Jim and Greg Morrisett and Dan Grossman and Michael Hicks and James Cheney and and Yanling Wang}, |
---|
1685 |   title    = {{C}yclone: A Safe Dialect of {C}}, |
---|
1686 |   booktitle  = {USENIX Annual Technical Conference}, |
---|
1687 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
1688 |   address   = {Monterey, California, U.S.A.}, |
---|
1689 |   month    = jun, |
---|
1690 |   year    = 2002, |
---|
1691 |   pages    = {275-288}, |
---|
1692 | } |
---|
1693 | |
---|
1694 | % D |
---|
1695 | |
---|
1696 | @manual{D, |
---|
1697 |   keywords  = {D programming language}, |
---|
1698 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1699 |   title    = {{D} Programming Language}, |
---|
1700 |   author   = {Walter Bright and Andrei Alexandrescu}, |
---|
1701 | Â Â organization=Â {Digital Mars}, |
---|
1702 |   year    = 2016, |
---|
1703 |   note    = {\href{http://dlang.org/spec/spec.html}{http://\-dlang.org/\-spec/\-spec.html}}, |
---|
1704 | } |
---|
1705 | |
---|
1706 | @techreport{Cui90, |
---|
1707 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
1708 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1709 |   author   = {Qian Cui}, |
---|
1710 |   title    = {Data-Oriented Exception Handling}, |
---|
1711 |   institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Maryland}, |
---|
1712 |   address   = {College Park, Maryland, U.S.A., 20742}, |
---|
1713 |   number   = {CS-TR-2384}, |
---|
1714 |   month    = jan, |
---|
1715 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
1716 | } |
---|
1717 | |
---|
1718 | @article{Cui92, |
---|
1719 |   contributer = {rkrische@plg}, |
---|
1720 |   author   = {Qian Cui and John Gannon}, |
---|
1721 |   title    = {Data-oriented Exception Handling}, |
---|
1722 |   journal   = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering}, |
---|
1723 |   month    = may, |
---|
1724 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
1725 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
1726 |   number   = 5, |
---|
1727 |   pages    = {393-401}, |
---|
1728 | } |
---|
1729 | |
---|
1730 | @manual{SIMULA87, |
---|
1731 |   keywords  = {Simula standard}, |
---|
1732 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1733 |   title    = {Databehandling -- Programspr{\aa}k -- {SIMULA}}, |
---|
1734 | Â Â organization=Â {Standardiseringskommissionen i Sverige}, |
---|
1735 |   note    = {Svensk Standard SS 63 61 14}, |
---|
1736 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
1737 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1738 |     Standard for the programming language SIMULA. Written in English. |
---|
1739 | Â Â } |
---|
1740 | } |
---|
1741 | |
---|
1742 | @article{Liskov75, |
---|
1743 |   keywords  = {abstract data types, encapsulation, verification}, |
---|
1744 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1745 |   author   = {Barbara H. Liskov}, |
---|
1746 |   title    = {Data Types and Program Correctness}, |
---|
1747 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
1748 |   year    = 1975, |
---|
1749 |   month    = jul, |
---|
1750 |   volume   = 10, |
---|
1751 |   number   = 7, |
---|
1752 |   pages    = {16-17}, |
---|
1753 |   summary   = { |
---|
1754 | Â Â Â Â Type definitions should contain the implementation of the type and |
---|
1755 |     its operations. The grouping makes programs simpler and more |
---|
1756 |     understandable. Encapsulating the definition aids verification and |
---|
1757 | Â Â Â Â forces a precise specification of the interface. |
---|
1758 | Â Â } |
---|
1759 | } |
---|
1760 | |
---|
1761 | @article{dtav, |
---|
1762 |   keywords  = {Russell, types}, |
---|
1763 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1764 |   author   = {James Donahue and Alan Demers}, |
---|
1765 |   title    = {Data Types are Values}, |
---|
1766 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
1767 |   month    = jul, |
---|
1768 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
1769 |   volume   = 7, |
---|
1770 |   number   = 3, |
---|
1771 |   pages    = {426-445}, |
---|
1772 |   comment   = { |
---|
1773 | Â Â Â Â Data types are sets of operations providing interpretations of |
---|
1774 |     values from a meaningless, typeless universal value space. Types |
---|
1775 | Â Â Â Â and operations are also contained in this value space. |
---|
1776 | |
---|
1777 | Â Â Â Â Functions returning types replace generic types. |
---|
1778 | |
---|
1779 |     Polymorphic functions have type parameters. Evaluation is not |
---|
1780 | Â Â Â Â macro expansion: |
---|
1781 | Â Â Â Â \begin{verbatim} |
---|
1782 | Â Â Â Â Â Â R == func [n:val integer; T:type[]] val integer |
---|
1783 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â {if n > 0 => r[n-1, Array[1,10,T]] # n <= 0 => 17 fi} |
---|
1784 | Â Â Â Â \end{verbatim} |
---|
1785 | Â Â } |
---|
1786 | } |
---|
1787 | |
---|
1788 | @article{Holt72, |
---|
1789 |   keywords  = {concurrency, deadlock}, |
---|
1790 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1791 |   author   = {Richard C. Holt}, |
---|
1792 |   title    = {Some Deadlock Properties of Computer Systems}, |
---|
1793 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
1794 |   volume   = 4, |
---|
1795 |   number   = 3, |
---|
1796 |   month    = sep, |
---|
1797 |   year    = 1972, |
---|
1798 |   pages    = {179-196}, |
---|
1799 | } |
---|
1800 | |
---|
1801 | @misc{debug-malloc, |
---|
1802 |   keywords  = {memory allocation debugger}, |
---|
1803 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1804 |   author   = {Conor P. Cahill}, |
---|
1805 |   title    = {debug\_malloc}, |
---|
1806 | Â Â howpublished=Â {comp.sources.unix, volume 22, issue 112}, |
---|
1807 |   abstract  = { |
---|
1808 | Â Â Â Â This package is a collection of routines which are a drop-in |
---|
1809 | Â Â Â Â replacement for the malloc(3), memory(3), string(3), and bstring(3) |
---|
1810 | Â Â Â Â library functions. |
---|
1811 | Â Â } |
---|
1812 | } |
---|
1813 | |
---|
1814 | @book{sml, |
---|
1815 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
1816 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1817 |   author   = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte and Robert Harper}, |
---|
1818 |   title    = {The Definition of Standard {ML}}, |
---|
1819 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
1820 |   address   = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.}, |
---|
1821 |   year    = 1990 |
---|
1822 | } |
---|
1823 | |
---|
1824 | @techreport{sml:old, |
---|
1825 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
1826 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1827 |   author   = {Robert Harper and Robin Milner and Mads Tofte}, |
---|
1828 |   title    = {The Definition of Standard {ML}, Version 2}, |
---|
1829 |   institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh}, |
---|
1830 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
1831 |   address   = {The King's Buildings, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ}, |
---|
1832 |   type    = {LFCS Report Series}, month = aug, number = {ECS-LFCS-88-62} |
---|
1833 | } |
---|
1834 | |
---|
1835 | @inproceedings{Reynolds72, |
---|
1836 |   keywords  = {continuation}, |
---|
1837 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1838 |   author   = {John Reynolds}, |
---|
1839 |   title    = {Definitional Interpreters for Higher Order Programming Languages}, |
---|
1840 |   booktitle  = {ACM Conference Proceedings}, |
---|
1841 | Â Â organization=Â {ACM}, |
---|
1842 |   year    = 1972, |
---|
1843 |   pages    = {717-740} |
---|
1844 | } |
---|
1845 | |
---|
1846 | @article{Buhr16, |
---|
1847 |   keywords  = {Dekker's algorithm, software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment}, |
---|
1848 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink}, |
---|
1849 |   title    = {Dekker's Mutual Exclusion Algorithm Made RW-Safe}, |
---|
1850 |   journal   = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience}, |
---|
1851 |   volume   = 28, |
---|
1852 |   number   = 1, |
---|
1853 |   pages    = {144-165}, |
---|
1854 |   month    = jan, |
---|
1855 |   year    = 2016, |
---|
1856 | } |
---|
1857 | |
---|
1858 | @misc{steelman, |
---|
1859 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
1860 |   contributer = {gjditchfied@plg}, |
---|
1861 |   author   = {High Order Language Working Group}, |
---|
1862 |   title    = {Department of Defense Requirements for High Order Computer Programming Languages}, |
---|
1863 |   month    = jun, year = 1978, |
---|
1864 |   note    = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.} |
---|
1865 | } |
---|
1866 | |
---|
1867 | @incollection{Tsay98, |
---|
1868 |   keywords  = {local spins, mutual exclusion, read/write atomicity, refinement, scalability}, |
---|
1869 |   author   = {Yih-Kuen Tsay}, |
---|
1870 |   title    = {Deriving a scalable algorithm for mutual exclusion}, |
---|
1871 |   booktitle  = {Distributed Computing}, |
---|
1872 |   editor   = {Shay Kutten}, |
---|
1873 |   volume   = {1499}, |
---|
1874 |   series   = {LNCS}, |
---|
1875 |   publisher  = {Springer}, |
---|
1876 |   address   = {Berlin Heidelberg}, |
---|
1877 |   year    = {1998}, |
---|
1878 |   pages    = {393-407}, |
---|
1879 | } |
---|
1880 | |
---|
1881 | @article{Conway63, |
---|
1882 |   keywords  = {coroutine, original}, |
---|
1883 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1884 |   author   = {Melvin E. Conway}, |
---|
1885 |   title    = {Design of a Separable Transition-Diagram Compiler}, |
---|
1886 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
1887 |   month    = jul, |
---|
1888 |   year    = 1963, |
---|
1889 |   volume   = 6, |
---|
1890 |   number   = 7, |
---|
1891 |   pages    = {396-408}, |
---|
1892 | } |
---|
1893 | |
---|
1894 | @book{Stroustrup94, |
---|
1895 |   keywords  = {C++}, |
---|
1896 |   contributor = {wyrmok@plg}, |
---|
1897 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
1898 |   title    = {The Design and Evolution of {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
1899 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
1900 |   year    = 1994 |
---|
1901 | } |
---|
1902 | |
---|
1903 | @inproceedings{st:concurrent, |
---|
1904 |   keywords  = {concurrency, Smalltalk, futures}, |
---|
1905 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1906 |   author   = {Yasuhiko Yokote and Mario Tokoro}, |
---|
1907 |   title    = {The Design and Implementation of {ConcurrentSmalltalk}}, |
---|
1908 |   crossref  = "OOPSLA86", |
---|
1909 |   pages    = {331-340}, |
---|
1910 |   comment   = { |
---|
1911 | Â Â Â Â Objects are ordinary Smalltalk objects or ``atomic'' objects, which |
---|
1912 |     process messages one at a time in FIFO order. Asynchronous method |
---|
1913 |     calls are made by appending ``\&'' at the call site. The sender does |
---|
1914 |     not wait for a reply. If the method returns a value, it |
---|
1915 |     (immediately?) returns a CBox object, which is like a future. The |
---|
1916 | Â Â Â Â sender can send the ``receive'' message to the CBox, which blocks |
---|
1917 | Â Â Â Â until the CBox contains a value. |
---|
1918 | |
---|
1919 | Â Â Â Â A method can execute the ``\verb|^|'' statement to return an object |
---|
1920 | Â Â Â Â and terminate, or it can execute ``\verb|^^|'' to return an object |
---|
1921 |     and continue execution. If ``\verb|^^foo|'' is executed after |
---|
1922 | Â Â Â Â ``\verb|^^bar|'', foo is discarded, since bar has already been |
---|
1923 | Â Â Â Â returned. |
---|
1924 | |
---|
1925 | Â Â Â Â The article does not say whether asynchronous messages can be sent |
---|
1926 | Â Â Â Â to ordinary objects, or whether ordinary messages can be sent to |
---|
1927 | Â Â Â Â atomic objects. |
---|
1928 | Â Â } |
---|
1929 | } |
---|
1930 | |
---|
1931 | @inproceedings{Ichbiah83, |
---|
1932 |   keywords  = {Ada, packages, generics}, |
---|
1933 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1934 |   author   = {Jean D. Ichbiah}, |
---|
1935 |   title    = {On the Design of {Ada}}, |
---|
1936 |   booktitle  = {Information Processing 83}, |
---|
1937 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
1938 |   month    = sep, pages = {1-10}, |
---|
1939 |   editor   = {R. E. A. Mason}, |
---|
1940 | Â Â organization=Â {IFIP}, |
---|
1941 |   publisher = {North-Holland}, |
---|
1942 |   summary = { |
---|
1943 | Â Â Â Â Packages group related declarations or subprograms, and encapsulate |
---|
1944 |     data types. Separate interfaces and bodies promotes information |
---|
1945 | Â Â Â Â hiding by removing the need to scan the body, allows the body to be |
---|
1946 | Â Â Â Â confidential, and provides a better specification of the contract |
---|
1947 |     between client and implementor. Generics are an efficient way to |
---|
1948 | Â Â Â Â factor out parts of similar definitions. |
---|
1949 | Â Â } |
---|
1950 | } |
---|
1951 | |
---|
1952 | @book{Motet96, |
---|
1953 |   keywords  = {Ada, exception handling}, |
---|
1954 |   contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
---|
1955 |   author   = {G. Motet and A. Mapinard and J. C. Geoffroy}, |
---|
1956 |   title    = {Design of Dependable {A}da Software}, |
---|
1957 |   publisher  = {Prentice Hall}, |
---|
1958 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
1959 | } |
---|
1960 | Â |
---|
1961 | @article{Richardson93, |
---|
1962 |   keywords  = {C++, persistence, database}, |
---|
1963 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1964 |   author   = {Joel E. Richardson and Michael J. Carey and Daniel T. Schuh}, |
---|
1965 |   title    = {The Design of the {E} Programming Language}, |
---|
1966 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
1967 |   month    = jul, |
---|
1968 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
1969 |   volume   = 15, |
---|
1970 |   number   = 3, |
---|
1971 |   pages    = {494-534}, |
---|
1972 | } |
---|
1973 | |
---|
1974 | @article{Hansen81b, |
---|
1975 |   keywords  = {concurrency, monitor, critical region}, |
---|
1976 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
1977 |   author   = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
---|
1978 |   title    = {The Design of {E}dison}, |
---|
1979 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
1980 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
1981 |   number   = 4, |
---|
1982 |   month    = apr, |
---|
1983 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
1984 |   pages    = {363-396}, |
---|
1985 | } |
---|
1986 | |
---|
1987 | @book{Gamma95, |
---|
1988 |   keywords  = {design patterns}, |
---|
1989 |   author   = {Erich Gamma and Richard Helm and Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides}, |
---|
1990 |   title    = {Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software}, |
---|
1991 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
1992 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
1993 |   series   = {Professional Computing Series}, |
---|
1994 | } |
---|
1995 | |
---|
1996 | @inproceedings{Wirth74, |
---|
1997 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
1998 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
1999 |   author   = {Niklaus Wirth}, |
---|
2000 |   title    = {On the Design of Programming Languages}, |
---|
2001 |   booktitle  = {Information Processing 74}, |
---|
2002 |   year    = 1974, |
---|
2003 |   pages    = {386-393}, |
---|
2004 |   publisher  = {North Holland Publishing Company}, |
---|
2005 |   note    = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.} |
---|
2006 | } |
---|
2007 | |
---|
2008 | @techreport{forceone, |
---|
2009 |   keywords  = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne}, |
---|
2010 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2011 |   author   = {Andrew K. Wright}, |
---|
2012 |   title    = {Design of the Programming Language {ForceOne}}, |
---|
2013 |   institution = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
2014 |   month    = feb, year = 1987, |
---|
2015 |   number   = {CS-87-10} |
---|
2016 | } |
---|
2017 | |
---|
2018 | @techreport{x-2, |
---|
2019 |   keywords  = {object based}, |
---|
2020 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2021 |   author   = {David W. Sandberg}, |
---|
2022 |   title    = {The Design of the Programming Language {X-2}}, |
---|
2023 |   institution = {Oregon State University}, |
---|
2024 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
2025 |   address   = {Department of Computer Science, Corvallis, Oregon, 97331}, |
---|
2026 |   number   = {85-60-1} |
---|
2027 | } |
---|
2028 | |
---|
2029 | @article{design, |
---|
2030 |   keywords  = {Smalltalk, designing classes}, |
---|
2031 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2032 |   author   = {Ralph E. Johnson and Brian Foote}, |
---|
2033 |   title    = {Designing Reusable Classes}, |
---|
2034 |   journal   = {Journal of Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
2035 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
2036 |   volume   = 1, number = 2, pages = {22-35}, |
---|
2037 |   comment   = { |
---|
2038 |     Abstract classes represent standard protocols. ``It is better to |
---|
2039 | Â Â Â Â inherit from an abstract class than from a concrete class''. |
---|
2040 |     Frameworks are collections of related abstract classes. Successful |
---|
2041 | Â Â Â Â abstractions are discovered, not designed. |
---|
2042 | |
---|
2043 | Â Â Â Â Protocols: ``If an operation X is implemented by performing a |
---|
2044 | Â Â Â Â similar operation on the components of the receiver, then that |
---|
2045 |     operation should also be named X''. Eliminate case analysis by |
---|
2046 |     creating classes with the same operations. Create classes to |
---|
2047 |     represent bundles of parameters. Shrink methods larger than 30 |
---|
2048 | Â Â Â Â lines. |
---|
2049 | |
---|
2050 |     Hierarchies should be deep and narrow. Subclasses should be |
---|
2051 | Â Â Â Â specializations. |
---|
2052 | |
---|
2053 |     Frameworks: split large classes. Factor implementation differences |
---|
2054 |     into subcomponents. Separate methods that do not share instance |
---|
2055 | Â Â Â Â variables into components that reflect the different views of the |
---|
2056 |     object. Send messages to components, not self. Reduce implicit |
---|
2057 | Â Â Â Â parameter passing through instance variables. |
---|
2058 | Â Â } |
---|
2059 | } |
---|
2060 | |
---|
2061 | @article{dim:c++, |
---|
2062 |   keywords  = {Dimensional Analysis, C++}, |
---|
2063 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2064 |   author   = {Robert F. Cmelic and Narain Gehani}, |
---|
2065 |   title    = {Dimensional Analysis with {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
2066 |   journal   = {IEEE Software}, |
---|
2067 |   month    = may, year = 1988, |
---|
2068 |   volume   = 5, number = 3, pages = {21-29} |
---|
2069 | } |
---|
2070 | |
---|
2071 | @article{Wegner87, |
---|
2072 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2073 |   author   = {Peter Wegner}, |
---|
2074 |   title    = {Dimensions of Object--Based Language Design}, |
---|
2075 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2076 |   volume   = 22, |
---|
2077 |   number   = 12, |
---|
2078 |   month    = dec, |
---|
2079 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
2080 |   pages    = {168-182}, |
---|
2081 |   note    = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida}, |
---|
2082 | } |
---|
2083 | |
---|
2084 | @book{Dijkstra76, |
---|
2085 |   keywords  = {concurrent assignment}, |
---|
2086 |   author   = {E. W. Dijkstra}, |
---|
2087 |   title    = {A Discipline of Programming}, |
---|
2088 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
2089 |   year    = 1976, |
---|
2090 | } |
---|
2091 | |
---|
2092 | @book{Lynch96, |
---|
2093 |   keywords  = {distributed algorithms}, |
---|
2094 |   author   = {Nancy A. Lynch}, |
---|
2095 |   title    = {Distributed Algorithms}, |
---|
2096 |   publisher  = {Morgan Kaufmann}, |
---|
2097 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
2098 | } |
---|
2099 | |
---|
2100 | @book{Tanenbaum02, |
---|
2101 |   keywords  = {distributed programming}, |
---|
2102 |   author   = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen}, |
---|
2103 |   title    = {Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms}, |
---|
2104 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
2105 |   year    = 2002, |
---|
2106 | } |
---|
2107 | |
---|
2108 | @inproceedings{Cargill90, |
---|
2109 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
2110 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2111 |   author   = {Tom A. Cargill}, |
---|
2112 |   title    = {Does {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Really Need Multiple Inheritance?}, |
---|
2113 |   booktitle  = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings}, |
---|
2114 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
2115 |   address   = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.}, |
---|
2116 |   month    = apr, |
---|
2117 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
2118 |   pages    = {315-323} |
---|
2119 | } |
---|
2120 | |
---|
2121 | @unpublished{Duff83, |
---|
2122 |   keywords  = {C, switch statement, control flow}, |
---|
2123 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2124 |   author   = {Tom Duff}, |
---|
2125 |   title    = {Duff's Device}, |
---|
2126 |   month    = nov, |
---|
2127 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
2128 |   note    = {\href{http://www.lysator.liu.se/c/duffs-device.html}{http://\-www.lysator.liu.se/\-c/\-duffs-device.html}} |
---|
2129 | } |
---|
2130 | |
---|
2131 | @manual{dwarf2, |
---|
2132 |   keywords  = {Debugging DWARF2 specification}, |
---|
2133 |   contributer = {rkrische@plg}, |
---|
2134 |   title    = {DWARF Debugging Information Format}, |
---|
2135 | Â Â organization=Â {Unix International Programming Languages SIG}, |
---|
2136 |   publisher  = {Unix International}, |
---|
2137 |   address   = {Waterview Corporate Center, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ 07054}, |
---|
2138 |   year    = {1993} |
---|
2139 | } |
---|
2140 | |
---|
2141 | @article{classicada, |
---|
2142 |   keywords  = {Classic Ada}, |
---|
2143 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2144 |   author   = {Cameron M. Donaldson}, |
---|
2145 |   title    = {Dynamic Binding and Inheritance in an Object-Oriented {Ada} Design}, |
---|
2146 |   journal   = {Journal of Pascal, {Ada} \& Modula-2}, |
---|
2147 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
2148 |   month    = {jul/aug}, volume = 9, number = 4, pages = {12-19}, |
---|
2149 |   comment   = { |
---|
2150 | Â Â Â Â Classes are like packages: they can contain subprograms, types, |
---|
2151 |     variables, generic instantiations, and exceptions. They can also |
---|
2152 | Â Â Â Â contain class methods, instance methods, and instance variables, |
---|
2153 | Â Â Â Â and define creation and initialization subprograms or methods for |
---|
2154 |     instances. Single inheritance provides inheritance of |
---|
2155 | Â Â Â Â implementations. Dynamic binding is done with a {\em send} |
---|
2156 |     statement that invokes a class or instance method. A preprocessor |
---|
2157 | Â Â Â Â converts Classic Ada to normal Ada. |
---|
2158 | Â Â } |
---|
2159 | } |
---|
2160 | |
---|
2161 | @article{Costanza03, |
---|
2162 |   keywords  = {dynamic call}, |
---|
2163 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2164 |   author   = {Pascal Costanza}, |
---|
2165 |   title    = {Dynamic Scoped Functions as the Essence of {AOP}}, |
---|
2166 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2167 |   volume   = 38, |
---|
2168 |   number   = 8, |
---|
2169 |   month    = aug, |
---|
2170 |   year    = 2003, |
---|
2171 |   pages    = {29-35}, |
---|
2172 | } |
---|
2173 | |
---|
2174 | % E |
---|
2175 | |
---|
2176 | @inproceedings{Wegbreit71, |
---|
2177 |   keywords  = {polymorphism}, |
---|
2178 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2179 |   author   = {B. Wegbreit}, |
---|
2180 |   title    = {The ECL Programming System}, |
---|
2181 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of AFIPS 1971 FJCC}, |
---|
2182 |   publisher  = {AFIPS Press, vol. 39}, |
---|
2183 |   address   = {Montvale, New Jersey, U.S.A}, |
---|
2184 |   year    = 1971, |
---|
2185 |   pages    = {253-262}, |
---|
2186 | } |
---|
2187 | |
---|
2188 | @manual{JavaScript, |
---|
2189 |   keywords  = {JavaScript}, |
---|
2190 |   contributer = {pabuhr}, |
---|
2191 |   title    = {ECMAScript 2015 Language Specification {JavaScript}}, |
---|
2192 | Â Â organization=Â {ECAM International}, |
---|
2193 |   address   = {Rue du Rhone 114, CH-1204 Geneva, Switzerland}, |
---|
2194 |   month    = jun, |
---|
2195 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
2196 |   note    = {6th Edition} |
---|
2197 | } |
---|
2198 | |
---|
2199 | @inproceedings{Peterson77, |
---|
2200 |   keywords  = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
---|
2201 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2202 |   author   = {Gary L. Peterson and Michael J. Fischer}, |
---|
2203 |   title    = {Economical Solutions for the Critical Section Problem in a Distributed System (Extended Abstract)}, |
---|
2204 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Ninth Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing}, |
---|
2205 |   series   = {STOC '77}, |
---|
2206 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
2207 |   location  = {Boulder, Colorado, USA}, |
---|
2208 |   pages    = {91--97}, |
---|
2209 |   numpages  = {7}, |
---|
2210 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
2211 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
2212 | } |
---|
2213 | |
---|
2214 | @article{Hansen81a, |
---|
2215 |   keywords  = {concurrency, monitor, critical region}, |
---|
2216 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2217 |   author   = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
---|
2218 |   title    = {{E}dison---a Multiprocessor Language}, |
---|
2219 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
2220 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
2221 |   number   = 4, |
---|
2222 |   month    = apr, |
---|
2223 |   year    = {1981}, |
---|
2224 |   pages    = {325-361}, |
---|
2225 | } |
---|
2226 | |
---|
2227 | @book{Eiffel, |
---|
2228 |   keywords  = {Eiffel}, |
---|
2229 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2230 |   author   = {Bertrand Meyer}, |
---|
2231 |   title    = {Eiffel: The Language}, |
---|
2232 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
2233 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
2234 |   series   = {Prentice Hall Object-Oriented Series}, |
---|
2235 | } |
---|
2236 | |
---|
2237 | @article{WS:overload, |
---|
2238 |   keywords  = {compilation}, |
---|
2239 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2240 |   author   = {Peter J. L. Wallis and Bernhard W. Silverman}, |
---|
2241 |   title    = {Efficient Implementation of the {Ada} Overloading Rules}, |
---|
2242 |   journal   = ipl, |
---|
2243 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
2244 |   month    = apr, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {120-123}, |
---|
2245 |   comment   = { |
---|
2246 |     The ``two-pass'' algorithm. An upward pass over a parse tree |
---|
2247 |     calculates the set of possible result types of operators. The |
---|
2248 |     root must have exactly one type, produced in one way. A |
---|
2249 | Â Â Â Â downward pass selects the version of the operator that produces the |
---|
2250 | Â Â Â Â desired result type, thus setting the result types of subtrees. |
---|
2251 | Â Â Â Â See \cite{D:overload}. |
---|
2252 | Â Â } |
---|
2253 | } |
---|
2254 | |
---|
2255 | @techreport{Habermann80, |
---|
2256 |   keywords  = {Ada, threads}, |
---|
2257 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2258 |   author   = {A. N. Habermann and I. R. Nassi}, |
---|
2259 |   title    = {Efficient Implementation of {Ada} Tasks}, |
---|
2260 |   institution = {Carnegie-Mellon University}, |
---|
2261 |   number   = {CMU-CS-80-103}, |
---|
2262 |   year    = 1980 |
---|
2263 | } |
---|
2264 | |
---|
2265 | @article{Emerald, |
---|
2266 |   keywords  = {concurrency, polymorphism}, |
---|
2267 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2268 |   author   = {Rajendra K. Raj and Ewan Tempero and Henry M. Levy and Andrew P. Black and Norman C. Hutchinson and Eric Jul}, |
---|
2269 |   title    = {Emerald: A General-Purpose Programming Language}, |
---|
2270 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
2271 |   month    = jan, |
---|
2272 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
2273 |   volume   = 21, |
---|
2274 |   number   = 1, |
---|
2275 |   pages    = {91-118} |
---|
2276 | } |
---|
2277 | |
---|
2278 | @InProceedings{chambers89a, |
---|
2279 |   keywords  = {maps, delegation}, |
---|
2280 |   author   = "Craig Chambers and David Ungar and Elgin Lee", |
---|
2281 |   title    = "An Efficient Implementation of {SELF}, a Dynamically-Typed |
---|
2282 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Object-Oriented Language Based on Prototypes", |
---|
2283 |   crossref  = "OOPSLA89", |
---|
2284 |   pages    = {49-70} |
---|
2285 | } |
---|
2286 | |
---|
2287 | @article{oop:encapsulation, |
---|
2288 |   keywords  = {Encapsulation, Inheritance, Subclasses, Multiple Inheritance}, |
---|
2289 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2290 |   author   = {Alan Snyder}, |
---|
2291 |   title    = {Encapsulation and Inheritance in Object-Oriented Programming |
---|
2292 | Â Â Â Â Languages}, |
---|
2293 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2294 |   volume   = {21},  number = {11}, |
---|
2295 |   pages    = {38-45}, |
---|
2296 |   month    = nov, year = 1986, |
---|
2297 |   comment   = { |
---|
2298 |     Client, child interfaces should be distinct. Child interface |
---|
2299 | Â Â Â Â shouldn't grant total access to parent. |
---|
2300 | |
---|
2301 | Â Â Â Â Rules for redefining parent variable name in a child affect |
---|
2302 | Â Â Â Â re-implementation of the parent. |
---|
2303 | |
---|
2304 | Â Â Â Â Inheritance can be a promise to obey the semantics of the parent, |
---|
2305 |     or code reuse; the two may be contradictory. Unification |
---|
2306 | Â Â Â Â exposes use of inheritance: a child can not be re-implemented |
---|
2307 | Â Â Â Â without breaking code that assumes that it is a subclass of the |
---|
2308 |     original parent. If a class uses the names of its parents' |
---|
2309 | Â Â Â Â ancestors, then inheritance is part of the parent's child |
---|
2310 | Â Â Â Â interface. |
---|
2311 | |
---|
2312 | Â Â Â Â Linearizing a multiple inheritance tree means that a class's use of |
---|
2313 | Â Â Â Â calls on super need to be understood before it is used as a parent. |
---|
2314 | Â Â Â Â Merging repeated ancestors exposes inheritance if an ancestor is |
---|
2315 |     re-implemented. Forbidding inheritance of distinct methods with |
---|
2316 |     the same name exposes implementation of ancestors. Proposed |
---|
2317 | Â Â Â Â solution treats the set of ancestors as a tree. |
---|
2318 | Â Â } |
---|
2319 | } |
---|
2320 | |
---|
2321 | @article{st:encapsulator, |
---|
2322 |   keywords  = {encapsulator, Smalltalk, monitor}, |
---|
2323 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2324 |   author   = {Geoffrey A. Pascoe}, |
---|
2325 |   title    = {Encapsulators: A New Software Paradigm in Smalltalk-80}, |
---|
2326 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2327 |   volume   = {21},  number    = {11}, |
---|
2328 |   pages    = {341-346}, |
---|
2329 |   month    = nov, year = 1986, |
---|
2330 |   comment   = { |
---|
2331 | Â Â Â Â Encapsulators are objects that surround other objects. |
---|
2332 | Â Â Â Â Pre- and post-actions are performed when messages are sent to the |
---|
2333 |     encapsulated object. They are created here by sending the message |
---|
2334 |     object: to an encapsulator class. Examples given are monitors, |
---|
2335 | Â Â Â Â atomic objects, and Model (for model-view-controller interfaces). |
---|
2336 | |
---|
2337 | Â Â Â Â Encapsulator classes use a family of selectors that the |
---|
2338 |     encapsulated object will not respond to. Messages for the |
---|
2339 | Â Â Â Â encapsulated object are passed on by trapping them with the |
---|
2340 |     doesNotUnderstand method. Various fiddles were needed when setting |
---|
2341 |     up the class and metaclass hierarchies. A few selectors (==, |
---|
2342 | Â Â Â Â class) always directly invoke primitive methods; they can't be |
---|
2343 | Â Â Â Â used. |
---|
2344 | |
---|
2345 |     Can an encapsulated object be an encapsulator? Probably, but the |
---|
2346 | Â Â Â Â middle object's selectors are inaccessible. |
---|
2347 | Â Â } |
---|
2348 | } |
---|
2349 | |
---|
2350 | @manual{EPT, |
---|
2351 |   keywords  = {concurrency, light-weight threads}, |
---|
2352 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2353 |   key     = {Encore}, |
---|
2354 |   title    = {Encore Parallel Thread Manual, 724-06210}, |
---|
2355 | Â Â organization=Â {Encore Computer Corporation}, |
---|
2356 |   month    = may, |
---|
2357 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
2358 | } |
---|
2359 | |
---|
2360 | @manual{Erlang, |
---|
2361 |   keywords  = {Erlang}, |
---|
2362 |   contributer = {pabuhr}, |
---|
2363 |   title    = {Erlang Reference Manual User's Guide, Vertion 7.0}, |
---|
2364 | Â Â organization=Â {Erlang/OTP System Documentation}, |
---|
2365 |   address   = {1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018}, |
---|
2366 |   month    = jun, |
---|
2367 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
2368 |   note    = {\href{http://www.erlang.org/doc/pdf/otp-system-documentation.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.erlang.org/\-doc/\-pdf/\-otp-system-documentation.pdf}}}, |
---|
2369 | } |
---|
2370 | |
---|
2371 | @inproceedings{MH88, |
---|
2372 |   keywords  = {modules, general sums, general products}, |
---|
2373 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2374 |   author   = {John C. Mitchell and Robert Harper}, |
---|
2375 |   title    = {The Essence of {ML}}, |
---|
2376 |   booktitle  = popl, |
---|
2377 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
2378 |   pages    = {28-46} |
---|
2379 | } |
---|
2380 | |
---|
2381 | @book{LeVerrand, |
---|
2382 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
2383 |   author   = {D. Le Verrand}, |
---|
2384 |   title    = {Evaluating {Ada}}, |
---|
2385 |   publisher  = {North Oxford Academic}, |
---|
2386 |   year    = 1985 |
---|
2387 | } |
---|
2388 | |
---|
2389 | @inproceedings{Bloom79, |
---|
2390 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
2391 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2392 |   author   = {Toby Bloom}, |
---|
2393 |   title    = {Evaluating Synchronization Mechanisms}, |
---|
2394 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Seventh Symposium on Operating Systems Principles}, |
---|
2395 | Â Â organization=Â {ACM SIGOPS}, |
---|
2396 |   address   = {Pacific Grove, California, U.S.A}, |
---|
2397 |   month    = dec, |
---|
2398 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
2399 |   pages    = {24-32} |
---|
2400 | } |
---|
2401 | |
---|
2402 | @article{Buhr06a, |
---|
2403 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++, uC++}, |
---|
2404 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2405 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard C. Bilson}, |
---|
2406 |   title    = {Examining $\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} : |
---|
2407 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â High-level Object-Oriented Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
2408 |   journal   = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer}, |
---|
2409 |   month    = feb, |
---|
2410 |   year    = 2006, |
---|
2411 |   volume   = 31, |
---|
2412 |   number   = 2, |
---|
2413 |   pages    = {36-40}, |
---|
2414 | } |
---|
2415 | |
---|
2416 | @article{ExceptionalC, |
---|
2417 |   keywords  = {exception handling, asynchronous events}, |
---|
2418 |   contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
---|
2419 |   author   = {N. H. Gehani}, |
---|
2420 |   title    = {Exceptional {C} or {C} with Exceptions}, |
---|
2421 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
2422 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
2423 |   month    = oct, |
---|
2424 |   volume   = 22, |
---|
2425 |   number   = 10, |
---|
2426 |   pages    = {827-848}, |
---|
2427 |   comment   = { |
---|
2428 | Â Â Â Â It is the most extensive exceptional handling mechanism thus |
---|
2429 | Â Â Â Â far. Though it doesn't have Mesa resumption, it has |
---|
2430 | Â Â Â Â asynchronous signal which is more general and abstract than |
---|
2431 |     the unix signal mechanism. It has an Eiffel like retry |
---|
2432 | Â Â Â Â mechanism. Consequently, the scope of guarded region is not |
---|
2433 | Â Â Â Â immediately terminated when an exception is raised. In fact, |
---|
2434 | Â Â Â Â an exception handler creates a scope under its guarded |
---|
2435 | Â Â Â Â region. |
---|
2436 | Â Â Â Â } |
---|
2437 | } |
---|
2438 | |
---|
2439 | @incollection{Buhr02, |
---|
2440 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
2441 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2442 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif Harji and W. Y. Russell Mok}, |
---|
2443 |   title    = {Exception Handling}, |
---|
2444 |   editor   = {Marvin V. Zelkowitz}, |
---|
2445 |   booktitle  = {Advances in COMPUTERS}, |
---|
2446 |   publisher  = {Academic Press}, |
---|
2447 |   volume   = 56, |
---|
2448 |   year    = 2002, |
---|
2449 |   pages    = {245-303}, |
---|
2450 | } |
---|
2451 | |
---|
2452 | @article{Cargill94, |
---|
2453 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
2454 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2455 |   author   = {Tom Cargill}, |
---|
2456 |   title    = {Exception Handling: a False Sense of Security}, |
---|
2457 |   journal   = {{C}{\kern-.2em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.2em+}}} Report}, |
---|
2458 |   year    = 1994, |
---|
2459 |   month    = nov, |
---|
2460 |   volume   = 6, |
---|
2461 |   number   = 9, |
---|
2462 |   note    = {http://www.informit.com/\-content/\-images/\-020163371x/\-supplements/\-Exception\_\-Handling\_\-Article.\-html} |
---|
2463 | } |
---|
2464 | |
---|
2465 | @article{Knudsen84, |
---|
2466 |   keywords  = {static exception handling, BETA, sequel}, |
---|
2467 |   contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
---|
2468 |   author   = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen}, |
---|
2469 |   title    = {Exception Handling --- A Static Approach}, |
---|
2470 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
2471 |   year    = 1984, |
---|
2472 |   month    = may, |
---|
2473 |   volume   = 14, |
---|
2474 |   number   = 5, |
---|
2475 |   pages    = {429-449}, |
---|
2476 | } |
---|
2477 | |
---|
2478 | @article{Drew94, |
---|
2479 |   keywords  = {exceptions, exception handling}, |
---|
2480 |   contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
---|
2481 |   author   = {Steven J. Drew and K. John Gough}, |
---|
2482 |   title    = {Exception Handling: Expecting the Unexpected}, |
---|
2483 |   journal   = {Computer Languages}, |
---|
2484 |   year    = 1994, |
---|
2485 |   month    = may, |
---|
2486 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
2487 |   number   = 2, |
---|
2488 |   comment   = { |
---|
2489 | Â Â Â Â A recent and good survey on various exception handling mechanisms found |
---|
2490 | Â Â Â Â in imperative programming languages. It classifies various mechanism in |
---|
2491 | Â Â Â Â terms of flow control and scopes. Asynchronous exceptions and signals |
---|
2492 | Â Â Â Â are also covered as Exceptional C is in the survey. |
---|
2493 | Â Â Â Â } |
---|
2494 | } |
---|
2495 | |
---|
2496 | @article{Koenig90, |
---|
2497 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
2498 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2499 |   author   = {Andrew Koenig and Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
2500 |   title    = {Exception Handling for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
2501 |   journal   = joop, |
---|
2502 |   month    = {July/August}, |
---|
2503 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
2504 |   volume   = 3, |
---|
2505 |   number   = 2, |
---|
2506 |   pages    = {16-33}, |
---|
2507 | } |
---|
2508 | |
---|
2509 | @article{Lee83, |
---|
2510 |   keywords  = {exception handling, C}, |
---|
2511 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2512 |   author   = {P. A. Lee}, |
---|
2513 |   title    = {Exception Handling in {C} Programs}, |
---|
2514 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
2515 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
2516 |   number   = 5, |
---|
2517 |   month    = may, |
---|
2518 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
2519 |   pages    = {389-405}, |
---|
2520 | } |
---|
2521 | |
---|
2522 | @article{Liskov79, |
---|
2523 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
2524 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2525 |   author   = {Barbara H. Liskov and Alan Snyder}, |
---|
2526 |   title    = {Exception Handling in {CLU}}, |
---|
2527 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
2528 |   month    = nov, |
---|
2529 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
2530 |   volume   = {SE-5}, |
---|
2531 |   number   = 6, |
---|
2532 |   pages    = {546-558}, |
---|
2533 | } |
---|
2534 | |
---|
2535 | @article{Szalas85, |
---|
2536 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
2537 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2538 |   author   = {Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska}, |
---|
2539 |   title    = {Exception Handling in Parallel Computations}, |
---|
2540 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2541 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
2542 |   number   = 10, |
---|
2543 |   month    = oct, |
---|
2544 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
2545 |   issn    = {0362-1340}, |
---|
2546 |   pages    = {95-104}, |
---|
2547 |   url     = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/382286.382385}, |
---|
2548 |   doi     = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/382286.382385}, |
---|
2549 |   acmid    = {382385}, |
---|
2550 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
2551 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
2552 | } |
---|
2553 | |
---|
2554 | @article{MacLaren77, |
---|
2555 |   keywords  = {exception handling, PL/I}, |
---|
2556 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2557 |   author   = {M. Donald MacLaren}, |
---|
2558 |   title    = {Exception Handling in {PL/I}}, |
---|
2559 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2560 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
2561 |   number   = 3, |
---|
2562 |   month    = mar, |
---|
2563 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
2564 |   pages    = {101-104}, |
---|
2565 |   note    = {Proceedings of an ACM Conference on Language Design for Reliable Software, |
---|
2566 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â March 28--30, 1977, Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.}, |
---|
2567 | } |
---|
2568 | |
---|
2569 | @article{Goodenough75, |
---|
2570 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
2571 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2572 |   author   = {J. B. Goodenough}, |
---|
2573 |   title    = {Exception Handling: Issues and a Proposed Notation}, |
---|
2574 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
2575 |   month    = dec, |
---|
2576 |   year    = 1975, |
---|
2577 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
2578 |   number   = 12, |
---|
2579 |   pages    = {683-696}, |
---|
2580 | } |
---|
2581 | |
---|
2582 | @article{Lampson80, |
---|
2583 |   keywords  = {monitors}, |
---|
2584 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2585 |   author   = {B. W. Lampson and D. D. Redell}, |
---|
2586 |   title    = {Experience with Processes and Monitors in Mesa}, |
---|
2587 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
2588 |   volume   = 23, |
---|
2589 |   number   = 2, |
---|
2590 |   month    = feb, |
---|
2591 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
2592 |   pages    = {105-117}, |
---|
2593 | } |
---|
2594 | |
---|
2595 | @inproceedings{Shopiro87, |
---|
2596 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
2597 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2598 |   author   = {Jonathan E. Shopiro}, |
---|
2599 |   title    = {Extending the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Task System for Real-Time Control}, |
---|
2600 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop}, |
---|
2601 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
2602 |   address   = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A}, |
---|
2603 |   month    = nov, |
---|
2604 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
2605 |   pages    = {77-94} |
---|
2606 | } |
---|
2607 | |
---|
2608 | @article{Modula-2+, |
---|
2609 |   keywords  = {Modula-2, exceptions, garbage collection, concurrency}, |
---|
2610 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2611 |   author   = {Paul Rovner}, |
---|
2612 |   title    = {Extending Modula-2 to Build Large, Integrated Systems}, |
---|
2613 |   journal   = {IEEE Software}, |
---|
2614 |   month    = nov, year = 1986, |
---|
2615 |   volume   = 3, number = 6, pages = {46-57}, |
---|
2616 |   comment   = { |
---|
2617 |     Exceptions can have a parameter. Procedures can declare the |
---|
2618 | Â Â Â Â exceptions they can propagate; others are converted to {\tt |
---|
2619 |     SYSTEM.Fail}. If they don't, all exceptions propagate. |
---|
2620 | Â Â Â Â Block cleanup statements execute no matter how control leaves the |
---|
2621 | Â Â Â Â block. |
---|
2622 | |
---|
2623 |     {\tt REF t} is a garbage-collected pointer. A {\tt REFANY} can be |
---|
2624 |     assigned any {\tt REF t}. Open array types can be used in |
---|
2625 |     parameter and {\tt REF} types. {\tt NEW} creates arrays of fixed, |
---|
2626 | Â Â Â Â dynamically determined size. |
---|
2627 | |
---|
2628 | Â Â Â Â The {\tt THREAD} module provides lightweight processes, semaphores, |
---|
2629 |     and conditions. A statement {\tt LOCK {\em semaphore} DO |
---|
2630 | Â Â Â Â {\em statements} END} is built in. |
---|
2631 | |
---|
2632 | Â Â Â Â {\tt SAFE} modules do run-time checks, and only import {\tt |
---|
2633 |     SAFE} modules. One implementation module can implement several |
---|
2634 |     definition modules. Opaque type implementations can be |
---|
2635 | Â Â Â Â repeated in modules that import its definition, so implementation |
---|
2636 |     modules can collaborate. The linker checks that all |
---|
2637 | Â Â Â Â implementations are the same. |
---|
2638 | Â Â } |
---|
2639 | } |
---|
2640 | |
---|
2641 | @inproceedings{BNRPascal, |
---|
2642 |   keywords  = {concurrency, rendezvous}, |
---|
2643 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2644 |   author   = {R. Kamel and N. Gammage}, |
---|
2645 |   title    = {Experience with Rendezvous}, |
---|
2646 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the 1988 International Conference on Computer Languages}, |
---|
2647 |   month    = oct, |
---|
2648 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
2649 |   pages    = {143-149} |
---|
2650 | } |
---|
2651 | |
---|
2652 | % F |
---|
2653 | |
---|
2654 | @inproceedings{Knudsen01, |
---|
2655 |   keywords  = {Beta, exception handling}, |
---|
2656 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2657 |   author   = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen}, |
---|
2658 |   title    = {Fault Tolerance and Exception Handling in {BETA}}, |
---|
2659 |   booktitle  = {Exception Handling}, |
---|
2660 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
2661 |   volume   = 2022, |
---|
2662 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
---|
2663 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
2664 |   pages    = {1-17} |
---|
2665 | } |
---|
2666 | |
---|
2667 | @article{Lamport87, |
---|
2668 |   keywords  = {software solutions, mutual exclusion, fast}, |
---|
2669 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2670 |   author   = {Leslie Lamport}, |
---|
2671 |   title    = {A Fast Mutual Exclusion Algorithm}, |
---|
2672 |   journal   = tocs, |
---|
2673 |   volume   = 5, |
---|
2674 |   number   = 1, |
---|
2675 |   month    = jan, |
---|
2676 |   year    = {1987}, |
---|
2677 |   pages    = {1--11}, |
---|
2678 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
2679 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
2680 | } |
---|
2681 | |
---|
2682 | @inproceedings{F-bound, |
---|
2683 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
2684 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2685 |   author   = {Peter Canning and William Cook and Walter Hill and Walter Olthoff and John C. Mitchell}, |
---|
2686 |   title    = {F-Bounded Polymorphism for Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
2687 |   booktitle  = {Fourth International Conference on Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture}, |
---|
2688 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
2689 |   month    = sep, |
---|
2690 |   pages    = {273-280} |
---|
2691 | } |
---|
2692 | |
---|
2693 | @mastersthesis{Wasik08, |
---|
2694 |   author   = {Ayelet Wasik}, |
---|
2695 |   title    = {Features of a Multi-Threaded Memory Allocator}, |
---|
2696 |   school   = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
2697 |   year    = 2008, |
---|
2698 |   month    = jan, |
---|
2699 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
2700 |   note    = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/\-10012/\-3501/\-1/\-Thesis.pdf}}, |
---|
2701 | } |
---|
2702 | |
---|
2703 | @article{Holzmann94, |
---|
2704 |   keywords  = {semaphore, flags}, |
---|
2705 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2706 |   author   = {Gerard J. Holzmann and Bj\"{o}rn Pehrson}, |
---|
2707 |   title    = {The First Data Networks}, |
---|
2708 |   journal   = {Scientific American}, |
---|
2709 |   month    = jan, |
---|
2710 |   year    = 1994, |
---|
2711 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
2712 |   number   = 1, |
---|
2713 |   pages    = {124-129}, |
---|
2714 | } |
---|
2715 | |
---|
2716 | @article{Bohm66, |
---|
2717 |   keywords  = {goto, structured programming}, |
---|
2718 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2719 |   author   = {C. B\"{o}hm and G. Jacopini}, |
---|
2720 |   title    = {Flow diagrams, Turing Machines and Languages with only two Formation Rules}, |
---|
2721 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
2722 |   month    = may, |
---|
2723 |   year    = 1966, |
---|
2724 |   volume   = 9, |
---|
2725 |   number   = 5, |
---|
2726 |   pages    = {366-371}, |
---|
2727 | } |
---|
2728 | |
---|
2729 | @manual{Fortran95, |
---|
2730 |   keywords  = {Fortran 95}, |
---|
2731 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2732 |   key     = {Fortran95}, |
---|
2733 |   title    = {Fortran 95 Standard, ISO/IEC 1539}, |
---|
2734 |   organization = {Unicomp, Inc.}, |
---|
2735 |   address   = {7660 E. Broadway, Tucson, Arizona, U.S.A, 85710}, |
---|
2736 |   month    = jan, |
---|
2737 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
2738 | } |
---|
2739 | |
---|
2740 | @manual{Fortran08, |
---|
2741 |   keywords  = {ISO/IEC Fortran 08}, |
---|
2742 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2743 |   key     = {Fortran08}, |
---|
2744 |   title    = {Programming Languages -- {Fortran} Part 1}, |
---|
2745 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014}, |
---|
2746 |   publisher  = {International Standard Organization}, |
---|
2747 |   address   = {http://www.iso.org}, |
---|
2748 |   year    = 2010, |
---|
2749 | } |
---|
2750 | |
---|
2751 | @book{Andrews00:book, |
---|
2752 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
2753 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2754 |   author   = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
---|
2755 |   title    = {Foundations of Multithreaded, Parallel and Distributed Programming}, |
---|
2756 |   publisher  = {Addison--Wesley}, |
---|
2757 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
2758 | } |
---|
2759 | |
---|
2760 | @article{Agha89, |
---|
2761 |   keywords  = {actors, concurrency}, |
---|
2762 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2763 |   author   = {Gul A. Agha}, |
---|
2764 |   title    = {Foundational Issues in Concurrent Computing}, |
---|
2765 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2766 |   month    = apr, |
---|
2767 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
2768 |   volume   = 24, |
---|
2769 |   number   = 4, |
---|
2770 |   pages    = {60-65}, |
---|
2771 |   note    = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, |
---|
2772 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A}, |
---|
2773 | } |
---|
2774 | |
---|
2775 | @article{ool, |
---|
2776 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
2777 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2778 |   author   = {Douglas T. Ross}, |
---|
2779 |   title    = {Toward Foundations for the Understanding of Type}, |
---|
2780 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2781 |   year    = 1976, |
---|
2782 |   volume   = 11, pages = {63-65}, |
---|
2783 |   note    = {Conference on Data: Abstraction, Definition and Structure}, |
---|
2784 |   summary   = { |
---|
2785 | Â Â Â Â Possibly the first use (without definition, alas) of the phrase |
---|
2786 |     "object oriented language". Metaphysical to the point of incoherence. |
---|
2787 | Â Â } |
---|
2788 | } |
---|
2789 | |
---|
2790 | @article{frames, |
---|
2791 |   keywords  = {frames}, |
---|
2792 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2793 |   author   = {Paul G. Basset}, |
---|
2794 |   title    = {Frame-Based Software Engineering}, |
---|
2795 |   journal   = {IEEE Software}, |
---|
2796 |   month    = jul, year = 1987, |
---|
2797 |   volume   = 4, number = 4, pages = {9-16} |
---|
2798 | } |
---|
2799 | |
---|
2800 | @article{Sutter05, |
---|
2801 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
2802 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2803 |   author   = {Herb Sutter}, |
---|
2804 |   title    = {A Fundamental Turn Toward Concurrency in Software}, |
---|
2805 |   journal   = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer}, |
---|
2806 |   month    = mar, |
---|
2807 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
2808 |   volume   = 30, |
---|
2809 |   number   = 3, |
---|
2810 |   pages    = {16-22}, |
---|
2811 | } |
---|
2812 | |
---|
2813 | @inproceedings{Dony01, |
---|
2814 |   keywords  = {Smalltalk, exception handling}, |
---|
2815 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2816 |   author   = {Chistophe Dony}, |
---|
2817 |   title    = {A Fully Object-Oriented Exception Handling System: Rationale and Smalltalk Implementation}, |
---|
2818 |   booktitle  = {Exception Handling}, |
---|
2819 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
2820 |   volume   = 2022, |
---|
2821 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
---|
2822 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
2823 |   pages    = {18-38} |
---|
2824 | } |
---|
2825 | |
---|
2826 | @misc{FW, |
---|
2827 |   key     = {FW}, |
---|
2828 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2829 |   title    = {Funk \& Wagnalls Standard Desk Dictionary}, |
---|
2830 |   year    = 1980 |
---|
2831 | } |
---|
2832 | |
---|
2833 | @book{Knuth73V1, |
---|
2834 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2835 |   author   = {Donald E. Knuth}, |
---|
2836 |   title    = {Fundamental Algorithms}, |
---|
2837 |   series   = {The Art of Computer Programming}, |
---|
2838 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
2839 |   year    = 1973, |
---|
2840 |   volume   = 1, |
---|
2841 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
2842 | } |
---|
2843 | |
---|
2844 | @inproceedings{Strachey, |
---|
2845 |   keywords  = {polymorphism}, |
---|
2846 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2847 |   author   = {C. Strachey}, |
---|
2848 |   title    = {Fundamental Concepts in Programming Languages}, |
---|
2849 |   booktitle  = {Lecture Notes for the International Summer School in Computer Programming}, |
---|
2850 |   year    = 1967, |
---|
2851 |   month    = aug, |
---|
2852 |   address   = {Copenhagen}, |
---|
2853 |   comment   = { |
---|
2854 | Â Â Â Â Defines ad-hoc and parametric polymorphism. |
---|
2855 | Â Â } |
---|
2856 | } |
---|
2857 | |
---|
2858 | @article{Eisenberg72, |
---|
2859 |   keywords  = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)}, |
---|
2860 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2861 |   author   = {Murray A. Eisenberg and Michael R. McGuire}, |
---|
2862 |   title    = {Further Comments on {D}ijkstra's Concurrent Programming Control Problem}, |
---|
2863 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
2864 |   month    = nov, |
---|
2865 |   year    = 1972, |
---|
2866 |   volume   = 15, |
---|
2867 |   number   = 11, |
---|
2868 |   pages    = {999}, |
---|
2869 | } |
---|
2870 | |
---|
2871 | % G |
---|
2872 | |
---|
2873 | @article{Boehm88, |
---|
2874 |   keywords  = {conservative garbage collection, C}, |
---|
2875 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2876 |   author   = {Hans-Juergen Boehm and Mark Weiser}, |
---|
2877 |   title    = {Garbage Collection in an Uncooperative Environment}, |
---|
2878 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
2879 |   month    = sep, |
---|
2880 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
2881 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
2882 |   number   = 9, |
---|
2883 |   pages    = {807-820} |
---|
2884 | } |
---|
2885 | |
---|
2886 | @manual{gcc, |
---|
2887 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
2888 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2889 |   title    = {GCC}, |
---|
2890 |   author   = {Richard M. Stallman}, |
---|
2891 | Â Â organization=Â {Free Software Foundation}, |
---|
2892 |   address   = {Cambridge, MA} |
---|
2893 | } |
---|
2894 | |
---|
2895 | @article{doUpon, |
---|
2896 |   keywords  = {formal verification, axiomatic semantics, control structures}, |
---|
2897 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2898 |   author   = {Ed Anson}, |
---|
2899 |   title    = {A Generalized Iterative Construct and Its Semantics}, |
---|
2900 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
2901 |   volume   = {9},  number = {4}, |
---|
2902 |   pages    = {567-581}, |
---|
2903 |   month    = oct, year = 1987, |
---|
2904 |   comment   = { |
---|
2905 | Â Â Â Â \begin{verbatim} |
---|
2906 | Â Â Â Â Â Â do |
---|
2907 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â P1 -> L1 |
---|
2908 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â [] P2 -> L2 |
---|
2909 | Â Â Â Â Â Â ... |
---|
2910 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â [] Pm -> Lm |
---|
2911 | Â Â Â Â Â Â upon |
---|
2912 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Q1 -> M1 |
---|
2913 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â [] Q2 -> M2 |
---|
2914 | Â Â Â Â Â Â ... |
---|
2915 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â [] qn -> mn |
---|
2916 | Â Â Â Â Â Â od |
---|
2917 | Â Â Â Â \end{verbatim} |
---|
2918 | |
---|
2919 | Â Â Â Â If there is an i such that Qi is true, execute Mi and terminate. |
---|
2920 | Â Â Â Â Otherwise, if there is an i such that Pi is true, execute Li and |
---|
2921 |     repeat the loop. Otherwise, fail. |
---|
2922 | Â Â } |
---|
2923 | } |
---|
2924 | |
---|
2925 | @unpublished{Bilson, |
---|
2926 |     keywords = {generic programming, generics, polymorphism}, |
---|
2927 |     contributor {a3moss@plg}, |
---|
2928 |     author = {Richard C. Bilson and Glen Ditchfield and Peter A. Buhr}, |
---|
2929 |     title = {Generic Programming with Inferred Models}, |
---|
2930 | } |
---|
2931 | |
---|
2932 | |
---|
2933 | @article{Haskell, |
---|
2934 |   keywords  = {lazy evaluation, type class}, |
---|
2935 |   contributer = {pabuhr}, |
---|
2936 |   author   = {Paul Hudak and Joseph H. Fasel}, |
---|
2937 |   title    = {A Gentle Introduction to Haskell}, |
---|
2938 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2939 |   volume   = 27, |
---|
2940 |   number   = 5, |
---|
2941 |   month    = may, |
---|
2942 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
2943 |   pages    = {T1-53}, |
---|
2944 | } |
---|
2945 | |
---|
2946 | @manual{Go, |
---|
2947 |   keywords  = {Go programming language}, |
---|
2948 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2949 |   title    = {{Go} Programming Language}, |
---|
2950 |   author   = {Robert Griesemer and Rob Pike and Ken Thompson}, |
---|
2951 | Â Â organization=Â {Google}, |
---|
2952 |   year    = 2009, |
---|
2953 |   note    = {\href{http://golang.org/ref/spec}{http://golang.org/\-ref/\-spec}}, |
---|
2954 | } |
---|
2955 | |
---|
2956 | @article{Dijkstra68a, |
---|
2957 |   keywords  = {goto}, |
---|
2958 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2959 |   author   = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
---|
2960 |   title    = {Go To Statement Considered Harmful}, |
---|
2961 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
2962 |   month    = mar, |
---|
2963 |   year    = 1968, |
---|
2964 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
2965 |   number   = 3, |
---|
2966 |   pages    = {147-148}, |
---|
2967 |   note    = {Reprinted in \cite{Yourdon79} pp. 29--36.}, |
---|
2968 | } |
---|
2969 | |
---|
2970 | @article{Choi91, |
---|
2971 |   keywords  = {contra-variance, functions}, |
---|
2972 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2973 |   author   = {Injun Choi and Michael V. Mannino}, |
---|
2974 |   title    = {Graph Interpretation of Methods: A Unifying Framework for Polymorphism in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
2975 |   journal   = {OOPS Messenger}, |
---|
2976 |   volume   = 2, |
---|
2977 |   number   = 1, |
---|
2978 |   month    = jan, |
---|
2979 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
2980 |   pages    = {38-54}, |
---|
2981 | } |
---|
2982 | |
---|
2983 | @misc{GNU-C, |
---|
2984 |   keywords  = {C, ANSI C}, |
---|
2985 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
2986 |   author   = {Richard Stallman}, |
---|
2987 |   title    = {The Free Software Foundation's Gnu {C} Compiler}, |
---|
2988 | Â Â howpublished=Â {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138}, |
---|
2989 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
2990 | } |
---|
2991 | |
---|
2992 | @article{Dijkstra:green, |
---|
2993 |   keywords  = {ada}, |
---|
2994 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
2995 |   author   = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
---|
2996 |   title    = {On the GREEN Language submitted to the DoD}, |
---|
2997 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
2998 |   year    = 1978, |
---|
2999 |   month    = oct, |
---|
3000 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
3001 |   number   = 10, |
---|
3002 |   pages    = {16-21} |
---|
3003 | } |
---|
3004 | |
---|
3005 | @inproceedings{Miller02, |
---|
3006 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
3007 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3008 |   author   = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi}, |
---|
3009 |   title    = {The Guardian Model for Exception Handling in Distributed Systems}, |
---|
3010 |   booktitle  = {21st Symposium on Reliable Distributed Systems}, |
---|
3011 | Â Â organization=Â {IEEE}, |
---|
3012 |   address   = {Suita, Japan}, |
---|
3013 |   year    = 2002, |
---|
3014 |   month    = oct, |
---|
3015 |   pages    = {304-313} |
---|
3016 | } |
---|
3017 | |
---|
3018 | @phdthesis{Chen09, |
---|
3019 |   author   = {Jun Chen}, |
---|
3020 |   title    = {Guided Testing of Concurrent Programs Using Value Schedules}, |
---|
3021 |   school   = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
3022 |   year    = 2009, |
---|
3023 |   month    = sep, |
---|
3024 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
3025 |   note    = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/\-10012/\-4735/\-1/\-Chen-Jun.pdf}}, |
---|
3026 | } |
---|
3027 | |
---|
3028 | @misc{GNU-C++, |
---|
3029 |   keywords  = {C++, GNU C}, |
---|
3030 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3031 |   author   = {Michael D. Tiemann}, |
---|
3032 |   title    = {User's Guide to GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
3033 | Â Â howpublished=Â {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138}, |
---|
3034 |   month    = mar, |
---|
3035 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3036 | } |
---|
3037 | |
---|
3038 | % H |
---|
3039 | |
---|
3040 | @article{Michael04a, |
---|
3041 |   keywords  = {Lock-free, synchronization, concurrent programming, memory management, multiprogramming, dynamic data structures}, |
---|
3042 |   author   = {Maged M. Michael}, |
---|
3043 |   title    = {Hazard Pointers: Safe Memory Reclamation for Lock-Free Objects}, |
---|
3044 |   journal   = ieeepds, |
---|
3045 |   volume   = 15, |
---|
3046 |   number   = 6, |
---|
3047 |   month    = jun, |
---|
3048 |   year    = 2004, |
---|
3049 |   pages    = {491-504}, |
---|
3050 |   publisher  = {IEEE Press}, |
---|
3051 |   address   = {Piscataway, NJ, USA}, |
---|
3052 | } |
---|
3053 | |
---|
3054 | @techreport{Hermes90, |
---|
3055 |   keywords  = {processes, distributed computing}, |
---|
3056 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3057 |   author   = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini}, |
---|
3058 |   title    = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing}, |
---|
3059 |   institution = {IBM T. J. Watson Research Center}, |
---|
3060 |   address   = {Yorktown Heights, New York, U.S.A., 10598}, |
---|
3061 |   month    = oct, |
---|
3062 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3063 | } |
---|
3064 | |
---|
3065 | @book{Hermes91, |
---|
3066 |   keywords  = {processes, distributed computing}, |
---|
3067 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3068 |   author   = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini}, |
---|
3069 |   title    = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing}, |
---|
3070 |   publisher  = {Prentice Hall}, |
---|
3071 |   series   = {Innovative Technology}, |
---|
3072 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
3073 | } |
---|
3074 | |
---|
3075 | @article{katzenelson83b, |
---|
3076 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3077 |   author   = "Jacob Katzenelsen", |
---|
3078 |   title    = "Higher Level Programming and Data Abstraction---A Case Study using Enhanced C", |
---|
3079 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
3080 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
3081 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
3082 |   number   = 7, |
---|
3083 |   pages    = {577-596}, |
---|
3084 |   month    = jul |
---|
3085 | } |
---|
3086 | |
---|
3087 | @techreport{Hoare73, |
---|
3088 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
3089 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3090 |   author   = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
---|
3091 |   title    = {Hints on Programming Language Design}, |
---|
3092 |   institution = {Stanford University Computer Science Department}, |
---|
3093 |   year    = 1973, |
---|
3094 |   month    = dec, |
---|
3095 |   number   = {CS-73-403}, |
---|
3096 |   note    = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.} |
---|
3097 | } |
---|
3098 | |
---|
3099 | @article{Dijkstra71, |
---|
3100 |   keywords  = {monitor, secretary}, |
---|
3101 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3102 |   author   = {E. W. Dijkstra}, |
---|
3103 |   title    = {Hierarchical Ordering of Sequential Processes}, |
---|
3104 |   journal   = acta, |
---|
3105 |   volume   = 1, |
---|
3106 |   pages    = {115-138}, |
---|
3107 |   year    = 1971, |
---|
3108 | } |
---|
3109 | |
---|
3110 | @article{Buhr15a, |
---|
3111 |   keywords  = {software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment}, |
---|
3112 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink}, |
---|
3113 |   title    = {High-Performance {$N$}-Thread Software Solutions for Mutual Exclusion}, |
---|
3114 |   journal   = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience}, |
---|
3115 |   volume   = 27, |
---|
3116 |   number   = 3, |
---|
3117 |   pages    = {651-701}, |
---|
3118 |   month    = mar, |
---|
3119 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
3120 | } |
---|
3121 | |
---|
3122 | @article{Ackermann28, |
---|
3123 |   keywords  = {recursion, Ackermann function}, |
---|
3124 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3125 |   author   = {Wilhelm Ackermann}, |
---|
3126 |   title    = {Zum Hilbertschen Aufbau der reellen Zahlen}, |
---|
3127 |   publisher  = {Springer}, |
---|
3128 |   journal   = {Mathematische Annalen}, |
---|
3129 |   number   = 1, |
---|
3130 |   volume   = 99, |
---|
3131 |   pages    = {118-133}, |
---|
3132 |   month    = dec, |
---|
3133 |   year    = 1928, |
---|
3134 | } |
---|
3135 | |
---|
3136 | @inproceedings{typeclass, |
---|
3137 |   keywords  = {Hindley/Miller type systems, Haskell}, |
---|
3138 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3139 |   author   = {Philip Wadler and Stephen Blott}, |
---|
3140 |   title    = {How to make {\em Ad-Hoc} Polymorphism Less {\em Ad-Hoc}}, |
---|
3141 |   booktitle  = popl, |
---|
3142 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3143 |   pages    = {60-76}, |
---|
3144 | Â Â organization=Â {Association for Computing Machinery} |
---|
3145 | } |
---|
3146 | |
---|
3147 | % I |
---|
3148 | |
---|
3149 | @book{IBM370, |
---|
3150 |   keywords  = {370, IBM}, |
---|
3151 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3152 |   key     = {IBM370}, |
---|
3153 |   title    = {{IBM} System/370 Principles of Operation}, |
---|
3154 |   publisher  = {IBM}, |
---|
3155 |   number   = {GA22-7000-8}, |
---|
3156 |   month    = oct, |
---|
3157 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
3158 |   edition   = {9th} |
---|
3159 | } |
---|
3160 | |
---|
3161 | @book{Icon, |
---|
3162 |   keywords  = {Icon}, |
---|
3163 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3164 |   author   = {Ralph E. Griswold and Madge T. Griswold}, |
---|
3165 |   title    = {The Icon Programming Language}, |
---|
3166 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
3167 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
3168 | } |
---|
3169 | |
---|
3170 | @inproceedings{Valois94, |
---|
3171 |   keywords  = {lock free, queue}, |
---|
3172 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3173 |   author   = {John D. Valois}, |
---|
3174 |   title    = {Implementing Lock-Free Queues}, |
---|
3175 |   booktitle  = {Seventh International Conference on Parallel and Distributed Computing Systems}, |
---|
3176 |   address   = {Las Vegas, Nevada, U.S.A.}, |
---|
3177 |   year    = {1994}, |
---|
3178 |   pages    = {64-69}, |
---|
3179 | } |
---|
3180 | |
---|
3181 | @article{Hehner81, |
---|
3182 |   keywords  = {concurrency, critical section, bakery algorithm}, |
---|
3183 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3184 |   author   = {Eric C. R. Hehner and R. K. Shyamasundar}, |
---|
3185 |   title    = {An Implementation of {P} and {V}}, |
---|
3186 |   journal   = ipl, |
---|
3187 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
3188 |   month    = aug, |
---|
3189 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
3190 |   number   = 4, |
---|
3191 |   pages    = {196-198}, |
---|
3192 | } |
---|
3193 | |
---|
3194 | @incollection{Steenkiste91, |
---|
3195 |   keywords  = {lisp}, |
---|
3196 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3197 |   author   = {Peter A. Steenkiste}, |
---|
3198 |   title    = {The Implementation of Tags and Run-Time Checking}, |
---|
3199 |   booktitle  = {Topics in Advanced Language Implementation}, |
---|
3200 |   pages    = {3-24}, |
---|
3201 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
3202 |   editor   = {Peter Lee}, |
---|
3203 |   chapter   = {1}, |
---|
3204 |   publisher  = {The MIT Press} |
---|
3205 | } |
---|
3206 | |
---|
3207 | @techreport{Roberts89, |
---|
3208 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
3209 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3210 |   author   = {Eric S. Roberts}, |
---|
3211 |   title    = {Implementing Exceptions in {C}}, |
---|
3212 |   institution = {Digital Systems Research Center}, |
---|
3213 |   address   = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301}, |
---|
3214 |   number   = {40}, |
---|
3215 |   month    = mar, |
---|
3216 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3217 | } |
---|
3218 | |
---|
3219 | @mastersthesis{Bilson03, |
---|
3220 |   keywords  = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading}, |
---|
3221 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3222 |   author   = {Richard C. Bilson}, |
---|
3223 |   title    = {Implementing Overloading and Polymorphism in Cforall}, |
---|
3224 |   school   = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
3225 |   year    = 2003, |
---|
3226 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
3227 |   note    = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/BilsonThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-BilsonThesis.pdf}}, |
---|
3228 | } |
---|
3229 | |
---|
3230 | @article{Buhr05b, |
---|
3231 |   keywords  = {monitor, automatic signal, implicit signal}, |
---|
3232 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3233 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji}, |
---|
3234 |   title    = {Implicit-signal monitors}, |
---|
3235 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
3236 |   volume   = 27, |
---|
3237 |   number   = 6, |
---|
3238 |   month    = nov, |
---|
3239 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
3240 |   issn    = {0164-0925}, |
---|
3241 |   pages    = {1270--1343}, |
---|
3242 |   doi     = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1108970.1108975}, |
---|
3243 |   publisher  = {ACM Press}, |
---|
3244 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
3245 | } |
---|
3246 | |
---|
3247 | @article{Baker77, |
---|
3248 |   author   = {Henry C. Baker, Jr. and Carl Hewitt}, |
---|
3249 |   title    = {The Incremental Garbage Collection of Processes}, |
---|
3250 |   journal   = {SIGART Bulletin}, |
---|
3251 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
3252 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
3253 |   month    = aug, |
---|
3254 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
3255 |   pages    = {55-59}, |
---|
3256 |   issn    = {0163-5719}, |
---|
3257 |   doi     = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/872736.806932}, |
---|
3258 | Â } |
---|
3259 | |
---|
3260 | @book{Algol68, |
---|
3261 |   keywords  = {Algol68}, |
---|
3262 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3263 |   author   = {C. H. Lindsey and S. G. van der Meulen}, |
---|
3264 |   title    = {Informal Introduction to ALGOL 68}, |
---|
3265 |   publisher  = {North-Holland}, |
---|
3266 |   address   = {London}, |
---|
3267 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
3268 | } |
---|
3269 | |
---|
3270 | @inproceedings{Cook90, |
---|
3271 |   keywords  = {f-bounded polymorhpism, lambda calculus}, |
---|
3272 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3273 |   author   = {William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and Peter S. Canning}, |
---|
3274 |   title    = {Inheritance is Not Subtyping}, |
---|
3275 |   booktitle  = popl, |
---|
3276 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3277 |   pages    = {125-135}, |
---|
3278 | Â Â organization=Â {Association for Computing Machinery}, |
---|
3279 |   abstract  = { |
---|
3280 | Â Â Â Â In typed object-oriented languages the subtype relation is |
---|
3281 |     typically based on the inheritance hierarchy. This approach, |
---|
3282 | Â Â Â Â however, leads either to insecure type-systems or to restrictions |
---|
3283 | Â Â Â Â on inheritance that make it less flexible than untyped Smalltalk |
---|
3284 |     inheritance. We present a new typed model of inheritance that |
---|
3285 | Â Â Â Â allows more of the flexibility of Smalltalk inheritance within a |
---|
3286 |     statically-typed system. Significant features of our analysis are |
---|
3287 | Â Â Â Â the introduction of polymorphism into the typing of inheritance and |
---|
3288 | Â Â Â Â the uniform application of inheritance to objects, classes and |
---|
3289 |     types. The resulting notion of {\em type inheritance} allows us to |
---|
3290 | Â Â Â Â show that the type of an inherited object is an inherited type but |
---|
3291 | Â Â Â Â not always a subtype. |
---|
3292 | Â Â } |
---|
3293 | } |
---|
3294 | |
---|
3295 | @inproceedings{MMR92, |
---|
3296 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
3297 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3298 |   author   = {Robert E. Minnear and Patrick A. Muckelbauer and Vincent F. Russo}, |
---|
3299 |   title    = {Integrating the {Sun Microsystems} {XDR/RPC} Protocols |
---|
3300 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â into the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Stream Model}, |
---|
3301 |   booktitle  = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings}, |
---|
3302 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
3303 |   month    = aug, |
---|
3304 |   pages    = {295-312}, |
---|
3305 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
3306 |   address   = {2590 Ninth Street, Suite 215, Berkeley, CA 94710}, |
---|
3307 |   abstract  = { |
---|
3308 | Â Â Â Â This paper reports our experiences integrating the Sun Microsystems |
---|
3309 | Â Â Â Â RPC and XDR protocol specifications into the C++ model of |
---|
3310 |     input/output streams. As part of the {\it Renaissance} operating |
---|
3311 | Â Â Â Â system project, we wish to construct network servers and clients, |
---|
3312 | Â Â Â Â written in C++, which interoperate with existing UNIX clients |
---|
3313 |     and servers. We discovered that, although it would be possible to |
---|
3314 | Â Â Â Â re-implement the procedural based XDR/RPC implementation |
---|
3315 | Â Â Â Â distributed by Sun Microsystems in C++, it is far cleaner to |
---|
3316 |     integrate the protocols with the C++ I/O stream model. We |
---|
3317 | Â Â Â Â feel the resulting model provides a cleaner way of implementing RPC |
---|
3318 | Â Â Â Â clients and servers without losing functionality or compatibility |
---|
3319 | Â Â Â Â with existing clients and servers. |
---|
3320 | Â Â } |
---|
3321 | } |
---|
3322 | |
---|
3323 | @inproceedings{Zuo08, |
---|
3324 |   keywords  = {shared memory systems,intelligent multiport memory,multiprocessors systems,shared memory system}, |
---|
3325 |   author   = {Wang Zuo and Wang Zuo and Li Jiaxing}, |
---|
3326 |   title    = {An Intelligent Multi-Port Memory}, |
---|
3327 |   booktitle  = {Symposium on Intelligent Information Technology Application Workshops, Shanghai, China}, |
---|
3328 |   month    = dec, |
---|
3329 |   year    = 2008, |
---|
3330 |   pages    = {251-254}, |
---|
3331 |   publisher  = {IEEE Computer Society}, |
---|
3332 |   address   = {Los Alamitos, CA, USA}, |
---|
3333 | } |
---|
3334 | |
---|
3335 | @book{Francez96, |
---|
3336 |   keywords  = {await, formal}, |
---|
3337 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3338 |   author   = {Nissim Francez and Ira R. Forman}, |
---|
3339 |   title    = {Interacting Processes: A Multiparty Approach to Coordinated Distributed Programming}, |
---|
3340 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
3341 |   series   = {ACM Press Books}, |
---|
3342 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
3343 | } |
---|
3344 | |
---|
3345 | @article{Labreche90, |
---|
3346 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
3347 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3348 |   author   = {Pierre Labr{\`{e}}che}, |
---|
3349 |   title    = {Interactors: A Real-Time Executive with Multiparty Interactions in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
3350 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
3351 |   volume   = 25, |
---|
3352 |   number   = 4, |
---|
3353 |   month    = apr, |
---|
3354 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3355 |   pages    = {20-32}, |
---|
3356 | } |
---|
3357 | |
---|
3358 | @inproceedings{interfaces, |
---|
3359 |   keywords  = {parameterized interfaces, classes, recursion/inheritance}, |
---|
3360 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3361 |   author   = {Peter S. Canning and William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and |
---|
3362 | Â Â Â Â Walter G. Olthoff}, |
---|
3363 |   title    = {Interfaces for Strongly-Typed Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
3364 |   crossref  = "OOPSLA89", |
---|
3365 |   pages    = {457-467}, |
---|
3366 |   abstract  = { |
---|
3367 | Â Â Â Â This paper develops a system of explicit interfaces for |
---|
3368 |     object-oriented programming. The system provides the benefits of |
---|
3369 | Â Â Â Â module interfaces found in languages like Ada and Modula-2 while |
---|
3370 | Â Â Â Â preserving the expressiveness that gives untyped object-oriented |
---|
3371 |     languages like Smalltalk their flexibility. Interfaces are |
---|
3372 | Â Â Â Â interpreted as polymorphic types to make the system sufficiently |
---|
3373 |     powerful. We use interfaces to analyze the properties of |
---|
3374 | Â Â Â Â inheritance, and identify three distinct kinds of inheritance in |
---|
3375 | Â Â Â Â object-oriented programming, corresponding to objects, classes, and |
---|
3376 |     interfaces, respectively. Object interfaces clarify the |
---|
3377 | Â Â Â Â distinction between interface containment and inheritance and give |
---|
3378 | Â Â Â Â insight into limitations caused by equating the notions of type and |
---|
3379 | Â Â Â Â class in many typed object-oriented programming languages. |
---|
3380 | Â Â Â Â Interfaces also have practical consequences for design, |
---|
3381 | Â Â Â Â specification, and maintenance of object-oriented systems. |
---|
3382 | Â Â } |
---|
3383 | } |
---|
3384 | |
---|
3385 | @phdthesis{Girard72, |
---|
3386 |   keywords  = {universal quantification}, |
---|
3387 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3388 |   author   = {J.-Y. Girard}, |
---|
3389 |   title    = {Interpretation fonctionelle et elimination des coupures de |
---|
3390 | Â Â Â Â l'arithmetique d'ordre superieur}, |
---|
3391 |   school   = {Universite Paris}, |
---|
3392 |   year    = {1972} |
---|
3393 | } |
---|
3394 | |
---|
3395 | @article{Karaorman93, |
---|
3396 |   keywords  = {Eiffel, concurrency libraries}, |
---|
3397 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3398 |   author   = {Murat Karaorman and John Bruno}, |
---|
3399 |   title    = {Introducing Concurrency to a Sequential Language}, |
---|
3400 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
3401 |   month    = sep, |
---|
3402 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
3403 |   volume   = 36, |
---|
3404 |   number   = 9, |
---|
3405 |   pages    = {103-116} |
---|
3406 | } |
---|
3407 | |
---|
3408 | @book{Corman92, |
---|
3409 |   keywords  = {PRAM, parallel algorithms}, |
---|
3410 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3411 |   author   = {Thomas H. Cormen and Charles E. Leiserson and Ronald L. Rivest}, |
---|
3412 |   title    = {Introduction to Algorithms}, |
---|
3413 |   publisher  = {MIT Press/McGraw-Hill}, |
---|
3414 |   series   = {Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Series}, |
---|
3415 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
3416 | } |
---|
3417 | |
---|
3418 | @book{Hopcroft79, |
---|
3419 |   keywords  = {finite-state machine, push-dowm automata}, |
---|
3420 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3421 |   author   = {John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman}, |
---|
3422 |   title    = {Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation}, |
---|
3423 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
3424 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
3425 | } |
---|
3426 | |
---|
3427 | @techreport{walker87, |
---|
3428 |   keywords  = {CCS}, |
---|
3429 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3430 |   author   = {David Walker}, |
---|
3431 |   title    = {Introduction to a Calculus of Communicating Systems}, |
---|
3432 |   institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science}, |
---|
3433 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
3434 |   address   = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ}, |
---|
3435 |   month    = jun, |
---|
3436 |   number   = {ECS-LFCS-87-22}, |
---|
3437 | } |
---|
3438 | |
---|
3439 | @article{katzenelson83a, |
---|
3440 |   author   = {Jacob Katzenelson}, |
---|
3441 |   title    = {Introduction to Enhanced C (EC)}, |
---|
3442 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
3443 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
3444 |   number   = 7, |
---|
3445 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
3446 |   month    = jul, |
---|
3447 |   pages    = {551-576}, |
---|
3448 | } |
---|
3449 | |
---|
3450 | @book{Deitel90, |
---|
3451 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
3452 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3453 |   author   = {Harvey M. Deitel}, |
---|
3454 |   title    = {An Introduction to Operating Systems}, |
---|
3455 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
3456 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3457 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
3458 | } |
---|
3459 | |
---|
3460 | @techreport{Birrell89, |
---|
3461 |   keywords  = {threads, monitors}, |
---|
3462 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3463 |   author   = {Andrew D. Birrell}, |
---|
3464 |   title    = {An Introduction to Programming with Threads}, |
---|
3465 |   institution = {Digital Systems Research Center}, |
---|
3466 |   address   = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301}, |
---|
3467 |   number   = {35}, |
---|
3468 |   month    = jan, |
---|
3469 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3470 |   note    = {{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-SRC-RR-35.html}}}, |
---|
3471 | |
---|
3472 | } |
---|
3473 | |
---|
3474 | @article{t/o, |
---|
3475 |   keywords  = {Trellis/Owl}, |
---|
3476 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3477 |   author   = {Craig Schaffert and Topher Cooper and Bruce Bullis and Mike Kilian and Carrie Wilpot}, |
---|
3478 |   title    = {An Introduction to Trellis/Owl}, |
---|
3479 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
3480 |   volume   = 21, |
---|
3481 |   number   = 11, |
---|
3482 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
3483 |   month    = nov, |
---|
3484 |   pages    = {9-16}, |
---|
3485 | } |
---|
3486 | |
---|
3487 | @inproceedings{Hibbard77, |
---|
3488 |   keywords  = {algol-68, concurrency}, |
---|
3489 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3490 |   author   = {Peter G. Hibbard and P. Knueven and B. W. Leverett}, |
---|
3491 |   title    = {Issues in the Efficient Implementation and Use of Multiprocessing in {Algol} 68}, |
---|
3492 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the 5th Annual iii Conference}, |
---|
3493 |   address   = {Guidel, France}, |
---|
3494 |   month    = may, |
---|
3495 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
3496 |   pages    = {203-221} |
---|
3497 | } |
---|
3498 | |
---|
3499 | @inproceedings{Miller97, |
---|
3500 |   keywords  = {exception handling, software-engineering}, |
---|
3501 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3502 |   author   = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi}, |
---|
3503 |   title    = {Issues with Exception Hnadling in Object-Oriented Systems}, |
---|
3504 |   booktitle  = {ECOOP'97}, |
---|
3505 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
3506 |   volume   = 1241, |
---|
3507 |   series   = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
---|
3508 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
3509 |   pages    = {85-103} |
---|
3510 | } |
---|
3511 | Â Â |
---|
3512 | @article{Murer96, |
---|
3513 |   keywords  = {interators, generators, cursors}, |
---|
3514 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3515 |   author   = {Stephan Murer and Stephen Omohundro and David Stoutamire and Clemens Szyperski}, |
---|
3516 |   title    = {Iteration Abstraction in Sather}, |
---|
3517 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
3518 |   month    = jan, |
---|
3519 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
3520 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
3521 |   number   = 1, |
---|
3522 |   pages    = {1-15}, |
---|
3523 | } |
---|
3524 | |
---|
3525 | % J |
---|
3526 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â |
---|
3527 | @book{Java, |
---|
3528 |   keywords  = {Java}, |
---|
3529 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3530 |   author   = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha}, |
---|
3531 |   title    = {The {Java} Language Specification}, |
---|
3532 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
3533 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
3534 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
3535 | } |
---|
3536 | |
---|
3537 | @manual{Java8, |
---|
3538 |   keywords  = {Java SE 8}, |
---|
3539 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3540 |   author   = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha and Alex Buckley}, |
---|
3541 |   title    = {The {Java} Language Specification}, |
---|
3542 |   publisher  = {Oracle}, |
---|
3543 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
3544 |   edition   = {Java SE 8}, |
---|
3545 | } |
---|
3546 | |
---|
3547 | @manual{JUC, |
---|
3548 |   keywords  = {Java concurrency library}, |
---|
3549 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3550 |   title    = {java.util.concurrency}, |
---|
3551 |   author   = {Doug Lea}, |
---|
3552 | Â Â organization=Â {Oracle}, |
---|
3553 |   year    = 2014, |
---|
3554 |   note    = {\href{http://docs.oracle.com/javase/7/docs/api/java/util/concurrent/package-summary.html}{\textsf{http://docs.oracle.com/\-javase/7/\-docs/\-api/\-java/\-util/\-concurrent/\-package-summary.html}}}, |
---|
3555 | } |
---|
3556 | |
---|
3557 | % K |
---|
3558 | |
---|
3559 | @article{Duggan96, |
---|
3560 |   keywords  = {concurrency, critical section}, |
---|
3561 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3562 |   author   = {Dominic Duggan and Gordon V. Cormack and John Ophel}, |
---|
3563 |   title    = {Kinded Type Inference for Parametric Overloading}, |
---|
3564 |   journal   = acta, |
---|
3565 |   volume   = 33, |
---|
3566 |   number   = 1, |
---|
3567 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
3568 |   pages    = {21-68}, |
---|
3569 | } |
---|
3570 | |
---|
3571 | @article{Peter35, |
---|
3572 |   keywords  = {recursion, Ackermann function}, |
---|
3573 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3574 |   author   = {R{\'{o}}zsa P{\'{e}}ter}, |
---|
3575 |   title    = {Konstruktion nichtrekursiver Funktionen}, |
---|
3576 |   publisher  = {Springer}, |
---|
3577 |   journal   = {Mathematische Annalen}, |
---|
3578 |   number   = 111, |
---|
3579 |   volume   = 1, |
---|
3580 |   pages    = {42-60}, |
---|
3581 |   month    = dec, |
---|
3582 |   year    = 1935, |
---|
3583 | } |
---|
3584 | |
---|
3585 | % L |
---|
3586 | |
---|
3587 | @TechReport{WVWR88:L, |
---|
3588 |   contributer = {gjditchf@plg}, |
---|
3589 |   author   = {Hanno Wupper and Jan Vytopil and Martin Wieczorek and Dick de Reus}, |
---|
3590 |   title    = {{L}_{3333}: A Simple Language with Static Typing of Hard Real-Time Constraints}, |
---|
3591 |   institution = {Department of Informatics, Faculty of Science, Catholic University Nijmegen}, |
---|
3592 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
3593 |   number   = {88-3}, |
---|
3594 |   address   = {Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen, Fakulteit der Wiskunde |
---|
3595 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â en Natuurwetenschappen, Infomatica V, Toernooiveld, 6512 |
---|
3596 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â ED Nijmegen, The Netherlands}, |
---|
3597 |   month    = apr, |
---|
3598 |   annote   = {A polymorphic typed lambda calculus with \begin{itemize} |
---|
3599 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \item A trivial type, ``!'', with a single element. |
---|
3600 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \item Labelled types, distinct from each other. |
---|
3601 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â ``!False'' and ``!True'' are distinct types, each |
---|
3602 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â containing a single value serving as boolean false and |
---|
3603 |           true. ``2'' is an abbreviation for ``!0 succ succ'', the |
---|
3604 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â type containing only 2. |
---|
3605 |           \item Disjunction types ``\{| !False, !True |\}''. Interval |
---|
3606 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â types are abbreviations for disjunctions. |
---|
3607 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \item Conjunction types ``\{\& real Re, real Im \&\}'', where |
---|
3608 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â ``Re'' and ``Im'' are type labels that distinguish between the |
---|
3609 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â fields. |
---|
3610 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \item Pair types ``\{^ a, b ^\}'', for use in recursive types |
---|
3611 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â and dyadic infix functions. |
---|
3612 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \item Function types, universal types, existential types, |
---|
3613 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â and subtyping (viewed as coercion), as in Fun. |
---|
3614 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \end{itemize} |
---|
3615 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Disjunctions and conjunctions types are associative and |
---|
3616 |           commutative (i.e. flat). Each type has a matching |
---|
3617 |           constructor. Functions use pattern matching on type |
---|
3618 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â labels to strip labels and extract conjunction fields: |
---|
3619 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \begin{verbatim} |
---|
3620 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \lambda n {0...1000000 Guilders}. ... n ... |
---|
3621 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â -- both argument and n are amounts in Guilders. |
---|
3622 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \lambda n {0...1000000} Guilders. ... n ... |
---|
3623 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â -- argument in Guilders, but n is in 0...1000000. |
---|
3624 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \end{verbatim} |
---|
3625 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â ``Function bundles'' (conjunctions of functions), applied |
---|
3626 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â to arguments, replace Dijkstra's guarded if...fi, but the |
---|
3627 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â bundles are first-class and the guards are part of their |
---|
3628 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â type. |
---|
3629 | |
---|
3630 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â The same trick used to define the type ``2'' is used to |
---|
3631 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â move absolute times into the type system, to allow static |
---|
3632 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â checking. ``0`'' denotes a time before the system begins |
---|
3633 |           execution. ``\#`'' denotes ``eventually'', and ``?`'' |
---|
3634 |           denotes ``maybe never''. ``a\\t'' and ``a@t'' are types |
---|
3635 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â of a value of type a that will be available no later |
---|
3636 |           (earlier) than time t. Universals and existentials use |
---|
3637 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â subtyping to parameterize functions by start time: |
---|
3638 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \begin{verbatim} |
---|
3639 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â let f {\forall t > \#`}. {a\t} \on {b\t+d} |
---|
3640 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â f{then} y -- argument y must be available at time ``then''. |
---|
3641 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \end{verbatim} |
---|
3642 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Functions can return before their arguments are available |
---|
3643 |           if they don't use them. However, function {\em bundles} |
---|
3644 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â can't return until their result type is known, so the |
---|
3645 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â lower and upper time bounds of the bundle are the |
---|
3646 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â second-last upper bound of the component functions: at |
---|
3647 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â that time, there is only one alternative left. |
---|
3648 | |
---|
3649 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Explicit time parameterization allows slack in time |
---|
3650 |           specification. Tools could point out slack or determine |
---|
3651 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â degree of parallelism.} |
---|
3652 | } |
---|
3653 | |
---|
3654 | @mastersthesis{Clarke90, |
---|
3655 |   keywords  = {concurrency, postponing requests}, |
---|
3656 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3657 |   author   = {Charles L. A. Clarke}, |
---|
3658 |   title    = {Language and Compiler Support for Synchronous Message Passing Architectures}, |
---|
3659 |   school   = {University of Waterloo}, |
---|
3660 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3661 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1} |
---|
3662 | } |
---|
3663 | |
---|
3664 | @article{Tennent77, |
---|
3665 |   keywords  = {abstraction, correspondence, Pascal}, |
---|
3666 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3667 |   author   = {R. D. Tennent}, |
---|
3668 |   title    = {Language Design Methods Based on Semantic Principles}, |
---|
3669 |   journal   = acta, |
---|
3670 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
3671 |   volume   = 8, |
---|
3672 |   number   = 2, |
---|
3673 |   pages    = {97-112}, |
---|
3674 |   note    = {reprinted in \cite{pldesign}}, |
---|
3675 |   abstract  = { |
---|
3676 | Â Â Â Â Two language design methods based on principles derived from the |
---|
3677 | Â Â Â Â denotational approach to programming language semantics are |
---|
3678 | Â Â Â Â described and illustrated by an application to the language Pascal. |
---|
3679 | Â Â Â Â The principles are, firstly, the correspondence between parametric |
---|
3680 | Â Â Â Â and declarative mechanisms and secondly, a principle of abstraction |
---|
3681 |     for programming languages adapted from set theory. Several useful |
---|
3682 | Â Â Â Â extensions and generalizations of Pascal emerge by applying these |
---|
3683 | Â Â Â Â principles, including a solution to the array parameter problem, |
---|
3684 | Â Â Â Â and a modularization facility. |
---|
3685 | Â Â }, |
---|
3686 | } |
---|
3687 | |
---|
3688 | @article{Liskov86, |
---|
3689 |   keywords  = {synchronous communication, concurrency}, |
---|
3690 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3691 |   author   = {Barbara Liskov and Maurice Kerlihy and Lucy Gilbert}, |
---|
3692 |   title    = {Limitations of Synchronous Communication with Static |
---|
3693 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Process Structure in Languages for Distributed Computing}, |
---|
3694 |   journal   = {}, |
---|
3695 |   volume   = {}, |
---|
3696 |   number   = {}, |
---|
3697 |   month    = {}, |
---|
3698 |   year    = {}, |
---|
3699 |   pages    = {}, |
---|
3700 | } |
---|
3701 | |
---|
3702 | @article{Linda, |
---|
3703 |   keywords  = {Linda, concurrency}, |
---|
3704 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3705 |   author   = {Nicholas Carriero and David Gelernter}, |
---|
3706 |   title    = {Linda in Context}, |
---|
3707 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
3708 |   volume   = 32, |
---|
3709 |   number   = 4, |
---|
3710 |   month    = apr, |
---|
3711 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3712 |   pages    = {444-458} |
---|
3713 | } |
---|
3714 | |
---|
3715 | @book{Weissman67, |
---|
3716 |   keywords  = {lisp}, |
---|
3717 |   author   = {Clark Weissman}, |
---|
3718 |   title    = {Lisp 1.5 Primer}, |
---|
3719 |   publisher  = {Dickenson Publishing}, |
---|
3720 |   year    = 1967, |
---|
3721 | } |
---|
3722 | |
---|
3723 | @article{Sundell08, |
---|
3724 |   keywords  = {lock free, deque}, |
---|
3725 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3726 |   author   = {H{\r{a}}kan Sundell and Philippas Tsigas}, |
---|
3727 |   title    = {Lock-free Deques and Doubly Linked Lists}, |
---|
3728 |   journal   = {J. Parallel Distrib. Comput.}, |
---|
3729 |   volume   = 68, |
---|
3730 |   number   = 7, |
---|
3731 |   year    = 2008, |
---|
3732 |   pages    = {1008-1020}, |
---|
3733 | } |
---|
3734 | |
---|
3735 | @article{Cormack89, |
---|
3736 |   keywords  = {parsing, LR, error recovery}, |
---|
3737 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3738 |   author   = {Gordon V. Cormack}, |
---|
3739 |   title    = {An {LR} Substring Parser for Noncorrecting Syntax Error Recovery}, |
---|
3740 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
3741 |   volume   = 24, |
---|
3742 |   number   = 7, |
---|
3743 |   month    = jul, |
---|
3744 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3745 |   pages    = {161-169}, |
---|
3746 |   note    = {Proceedings of the {SIGPLAN}~'89 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation} |
---|
3747 | } |
---|
3748 | |
---|
3749 | % M |
---|
3750 | |
---|
3751 | @book{M68K, |
---|
3752 |   keywords  = {M680XX, Motorola}, |
---|
3753 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3754 |   key     = {Motorola}, |
---|
3755 |   title    = {M68000 Family Programmer's Reference Manual}, |
---|
3756 |   publisher  = {Motorola}, |
---|
3757 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
3758 | } |
---|
3759 | |
---|
3760 | @article{c++libs, |
---|
3761 |   keywords  = {directory structure}, |
---|
3762 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3763 |   author   = {J. M. Coggins and G. Bollella}, |
---|
3764 |   title    = {Managing {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Libraries}, |
---|
3765 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
3766 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3767 |   month    = jun, volume = 24, number = 6, pages = {37-48}, |
---|
3768 |   abstract  = { |
---|
3769 | Â Â Â Â This paper describes a scheme we have used to manage a large |
---|
3770 |     library written in the C++ language. The scheme imposes a |
---|
3771 | Â Â Â Â directory structure, and represents dependency hierarchy in a |
---|
3772 |     globally accessible file we call the 'prelude' file. We also |
---|
3773 | Â Â Â Â discuss the structure of the description files (makefiles) used |
---|
3774 | Â Â Â Â with the UNIX options we have found to be useful in reducing the |
---|
3775 | Â Â Â Â size of the library, and how to minimize recompilation time after |
---|
3776 | Â Â Â Â trivial changes to the source code of the library. |
---|
3777 | Â Â } |
---|
3778 | } |
---|
3779 | |
---|
3780 | @inproceedings{mprof, |
---|
3781 |   keywords  = {malloc}, |
---|
3782 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3783 |   author   = {Benjamin Zorn and Paul Hilfinger}, |
---|
3784 |   title    = {A Memory Allocation Profiler for {C} and Lisp Programs}, |
---|
3785 |   booktitle  = {Summer 1988 {USENIX} proceedings}, |
---|
3786 |   year    = 1988 |
---|
3787 | } |
---|
3788 | |
---|
3789 | @manual{MMTk, |
---|
3790 |   keywords  = {Java memory management}, |
---|
3791 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3792 |   title    = {MMTk: The Memory Management Toolkit}, |
---|
3793 |   author   = {Steve Blackburn and Robin Garner and Daniel Frampton}, |
---|
3794 |   month    = sep, |
---|
3795 |   year    = 2006, |
---|
3796 |   note    = {\textsf{http://cs.anu.edu.au/\-\char`\~Robin.Garner/\-mmtk-guide.pdf}}, |
---|
3797 | } |
---|
3798 | |
---|
3799 | @article{Adve10, |
---|
3800 |   keywords  = {Java memory management}, |
---|
3801 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3802 |   author   = {Sarita V. Adve and Hans-J. Boehm}, |
---|
3803 |   title    = {Memory Models: A Case for Rethinking Parallel Languages and Hardware}, |
---|
3804 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
3805 |   volume   = 53, |
---|
3806 |   number   = 8, |
---|
3807 |   month    = aug, |
---|
3808 |   year    = 2010, |
---|
3809 |   pages    = {90-101}, |
---|
3810 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
3811 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
3812 | } |
---|
3813 | @techreport{Mesa, |
---|
3814 |   keywords  = {monitors, packages}, |
---|
3815 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3816 |   author   = {James G. Mitchell and William Maybury and Richard Sweet}, |
---|
3817 |   title    = {Mesa Language Manual}, |
---|
3818 |   institution = {Xerox Palo Alto Research Center}, |
---|
3819 |   number   = {CSL--79--3}, |
---|
3820 |   month    = apr, |
---|
3821 |   year    = 1979 |
---|
3822 | } |
---|
3823 | |
---|
3824 | @article{Andrews89, |
---|
3825 |   keywords  = {semaphore, split-binary, baton}, |
---|
3826 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3827 |   author   = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
---|
3828 |   title    = {A Method for Solving Synronization Problems}, |
---|
3829 |   journal   = scp, |
---|
3830 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
3831 |   number   = 4, |
---|
3832 |   month    = dec, |
---|
3833 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
3834 |   pages    = {1-21}, |
---|
3835 | } |
---|
3836 | |
---|
3837 | @inproceedings{Mitchell78, |
---|
3838 |   keywords  = {Mesa}, |
---|
3839 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3840 |   author   = {James G. Mitchell}, |
---|
3841 |   title    = {Mesa: A Designer's User Perspective}, |
---|
3842 |   booktitle  = {Spring CompCom 78}, |
---|
3843 | Â Â organization=Â {Sixteenth IEEE Computer Society International Conference}, |
---|
3844 |   address   = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.}, |
---|
3845 |   month    = feb, |
---|
3846 |   year    = 1978, |
---|
3847 |   pages    = {36-39}, |
---|
3848 |   note    = {IEEE Catalog No. 78CH1328-4C}, |
---|
3849 | } |
---|
3850 | |
---|
3851 | @article{Gentleman81, |
---|
3852 |   keywords  = {messages, concurrency}, |
---|
3853 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3854 |   author   = {W. Morven Gentleman}, |
---|
3855 |   title    = {Message Passing between Sequential Processes: |
---|
3856 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â the Reply Primitive and the Administrator Concept}, |
---|
3857 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
3858 |   month    = may, |
---|
3859 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
3860 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
3861 |   number   = 5, |
---|
3862 |   pages    = {435-466} |
---|
3863 | } |
---|
3864 | |
---|
3865 | @article{Cormack88, |
---|
3866 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
3867 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3868 |   author   = {G. V. Cormack}, |
---|
3869 |   title    = {A Micro Kernel for Concurrency in C}, |
---|
3870 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
3871 |   month    = may, |
---|
3872 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
3873 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
3874 |   number   = 4, |
---|
3875 |   pages    = {485-491} |
---|
3876 | } |
---|
3877 | |
---|
3878 | @article{Buhr90a, |
---|
3879 |   keywords  = {concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
---|
3880 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3881 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard A. Stroobosscher}, |
---|
3882 |   title    = {The $\mu${S}ystem: Providing Light-Weight Concurrency on Shared-Memory Multiprocessor Computers Running {UNIX}}, |
---|
3883 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
3884 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
3885 |   number   = 9, |
---|
3886 |   month    = sep, |
---|
3887 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
3888 |   pages    = {929-963}, |
---|
3889 | } |
---|
3890 | |
---|
3891 | @techreport{uSystem, |
---|
3892 |   keywords  = {C, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
---|
3893 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3894 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Hamish I. Macdonald and Richard A. Stroobosscher}, |
---|
3895 |   title    = {$\mu${S}ystem Annotated Reference Manual, Version 4.4.3}, |
---|
3896 |   institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
---|
3897 |   address   = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
---|
3898 |   month    = sep, |
---|
3899 |   year    = 1994, |
---|
3900 |   note    = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-uSystem.ps.gz}}}, |
---|
3901 | } |
---|
3902 | |
---|
3903 | @book{Mips4000, |
---|
3904 |   key     = {Mips4000}, |
---|
3905 |   title    = {MIPS R4000 Microprocessor User's Manual}, |
---|
3906 |   publisher  = {MIPS Computer Systems Inc}, |
---|
3907 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
3908 | } |
---|
3909 | |
---|
3910 | @inproceedings{Mjolner, |
---|
3911 |   keywords  = {Mjolner, hierarchical windows}, |
---|
3912 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3913 |   author   = {G\"{o}rel Hedin and Boris Magnusson}, |
---|
3914 |   title    = {The Mj{\o}lner Environment: Direct Interaction with Abstractions}, |
---|
3915 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming}, |
---|
3916 | Â Â organization=Â {ECOOP'88}, |
---|
3917 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
3918 |   volume   = 322, |
---|
3919 |   editor   = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard}, |
---|
3920 |   address   = {Oslo, Norway}, |
---|
3921 |   month    = aug, |
---|
3922 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
3923 |   pages    = {41-54}, |
---|
3924 |   note    = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis}, |
---|
3925 | } |
---|
3926 | |
---|
3927 | @article{Skillicorn98, |
---|
3928 |   keywords  = {parallel models}, |
---|
3929 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3930 |   author   = {David B. Skillicorn and Domenico Talia}, |
---|
3931 |   title    = {Models and Languages for Parallel Computation}, |
---|
3932 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
3933 |   volume   = 30, |
---|
3934 |   number   = 2, |
---|
3935 |   month    = jun, |
---|
3936 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
3937 |   pages    = {123-169}, |
---|
3938 | } |
---|
3939 | |
---|
3940 | @article{Werther96, |
---|
3941 |   keywords  = {C++, language syntax}, |
---|
3942 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3943 |   author   = {Ben Werther and Damian Conway}, |
---|
3944 |   title    = {A Modest Proposal: {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Resyntaxed}, |
---|
3945 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
3946 |   volume   = 31, |
---|
3947 |   number   = 11, |
---|
3948 |   month    = nov, |
---|
3949 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
3950 |   pages    = {74-82}, |
---|
3951 | } |
---|
3952 | |
---|
3953 | @book{Alexandrescu01, |
---|
3954 |   keywords  = {c design-patterns programming}, |
---|
3955 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3956 |   author   = {Andrei Alexandrescu}, |
---|
3957 |   title    = {Modern C++ Design: Generic Programming and Design Patterns Applied}, |
---|
3958 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley Professional}, |
---|
3959 |   month    = feb, |
---|
3960 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
3961 |   isbn    = {0201704315}, |
---|
3962 | } |
---|
3963 | |
---|
3964 | @book{Tanenbaum92, |
---|
3965 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
3966 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
3967 |   author   = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum}, |
---|
3968 |   title    = {Modern Operating Systems}, |
---|
3969 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
3970 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
3971 | } |
---|
3972 | |
---|
3973 | @article{Wirth77, |
---|
3974 |   keywords  = {modules, coroutines}, |
---|
3975 |   contributer = {pabuhr}, |
---|
3976 |   author   = {Niklaus Wirth}, |
---|
3977 |   title    = {Modula: a Language for Modular Multiprogramming}, |
---|
3978 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
3979 |   month    = {January--February}, |
---|
3980 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
3981 |   volume   = 7, |
---|
3982 |   number   = 1, |
---|
3983 |   pages    = {3-35}, |
---|
3984 | } |
---|
3985 | |
---|
3986 | @book{Harbison92, |
---|
3987 |   contributer = {mhcoffin}, |
---|
3988 |   author   = {Samuel P. Harbison}, |
---|
3989 |   title    = {Modula-3}, |
---|
3990 |   publisher  = {Prentise Hall, Inc.}, |
---|
3991 |   year    = {1992}, |
---|
3992 |   comment   = {This is a textbook for learning Modula-3.} |
---|
3993 | } |
---|
3994 | |
---|
3995 | @techreport{Modula-3:old, |
---|
3996 |   keywords  = {Modula-3, inheritance, type extension}, |
---|
3997 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
3998 |   author   = {Luca Cardelli and James Donahue and Lucille Glassman and Mick |
---|
3999 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Jordan and Bill Kalsow and Greg Nelson}, |
---|
4000 |   title    = {Modula-3 Report}, |
---|
4001 |   institution = {Systems Research Center}, |
---|
4002 |   address   = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301}, |
---|
4003 |   month    = aug, |
---|
4004 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
4005 |   number   = 31 |
---|
4006 | } |
---|
4007 | Â |
---|
4008 | @article{Dueck90, |
---|
4009 |   keywords  = {attribute grammars}, |
---|
4010 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4011 |   author   = {Gerald D. P. Dueck and Gordon V. Cormack}, |
---|
4012 |   title    = {Modular Attribute Grammars}, |
---|
4013 |   journal   = {The Computer Journal}, |
---|
4014 |   month    = apr, |
---|
4015 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
4016 |   volume   = 33, |
---|
4017 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4018 |   pages    = {164-172}, |
---|
4019 | } |
---|
4020 | |
---|
4021 | @article{Yemini85, |
---|
4022 |   keywords  = {exception handling}, |
---|
4023 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4024 |   author   = {Shaula Yemini and Daniel M. Berry}, |
---|
4025 |   title    = {A Modular Verifiable Exception-Handling Mechanism}, |
---|
4026 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
4027 |   month    = apr, |
---|
4028 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4029 |   volume   = 7, |
---|
4030 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4031 |   pages    = {214-243}, |
---|
4032 | } |
---|
4033 | |
---|
4034 | @article{Buhr95b, |
---|
4035 |   keywords  = {concurrency, monitors, classification}, |
---|
4036 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4037 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin}, |
---|
4038 |   title    = {Monitor Classification}, |
---|
4039 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
4040 |   volume   = 27, |
---|
4041 |   number   = 1, |
---|
4042 |   month    = mar, |
---|
4043 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
4044 |   pages    = {63-107}, |
---|
4045 | } |
---|
4046 | |
---|
4047 | @article{Hoare74, |
---|
4048 |   keywords  = {monitor}, |
---|
4049 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4050 |   author   = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
---|
4051 |   title    = {Monitors: An Operating System Structuring Concept}, |
---|
4052 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
4053 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
4054 |   number   = 10, |
---|
4055 |   month    = oct, |
---|
4056 |   year    = 1974, |
---|
4057 |   pages    = {549-557}, |
---|
4058 |   annote   = { |
---|
4059 | Â Â } |
---|
4060 | } |
---|
4061 | |
---|
4062 | @inbook{Buhr99a, |
---|
4063 |   keywords  = {concurrency, monitors, classification}, |
---|
4064 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4065 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin}, |
---|
4066 |   title    = {Encyclopedia of Computer Science and Technology}, |
---|
4067 |   chapter   = {Monitor Taxonomy}, |
---|
4068 |   publisher  = {Marcel Dekker, Inc}, |
---|
4069 |   volume   = {40, supplement 25}, |
---|
4070 |   year    = 1999, |
---|
4071 |   pages    = {191-212}, |
---|
4072 | } |
---|
4073 | %  editor   = {Allen Kent and James G. Williams}, |
---|
4074 | |
---|
4075 | @manual{MPI, |
---|
4076 |   keywords  = {MPI}, |
---|
4077 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4078 |   title    = {MPI: A Message-Passing Interface Standard, Version 3.1}, |
---|
4079 | Â Â organization=Â {Message Passing Interface Forum}, |
---|
4080 |   address   = {University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee}, |
---|
4081 |   month    = jun, |
---|
4082 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
4083 |   note    = {\href{http://www.mpi-forum.org/docs/mpi-3.1/mpi31-report.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.mpi-forum.org/\-docs/\-mpi-3.1/\-mpi31-report.pdf}}}, |
---|
4084 | } |
---|
4085 | |
---|
4086 | @article{multilisp, |
---|
4087 |   keywords  = {futures, scheme}, |
---|
4088 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4089 |   author   = {Halstead, Jr.,Robert H.}, |
---|
4090 |   title    = {Multilisp: A Language for Concurrent Symbolic Programming}, |
---|
4091 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
4092 |   volume   = 7, |
---|
4093 |   number   = 4, |
---|
4094 |   pages    = {501-538}, |
---|
4095 |   month    = oct, |
---|
4096 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4097 |   comment   = { |
---|
4098 | Â Â Â Â (future E) begins evaluating the expression E, and |
---|
4099 |     returns a ``future'' representing the value. When evaluation is |
---|
4100 |     finished, the value of E replaces the future. Operations that need |
---|
4101 |     the future's value suspend until it is available. Assignment and |
---|
4102 |     parameter passing do not suspend. Future introduces concurrency |
---|
4103 | Â Â Â Â between the calculation of a value and its use; reference to |
---|
4104 | Â Â Â Â futures is a synchronization mechanism. |
---|
4105 | |
---|
4106 | Â Â Â Â (pcall F A B ... C) concurrently evaluates F, A, B, ... C, and then |
---|
4107 |     applies F to the arguments. pcall can be built from future and a |
---|
4108 |     ``touch'' operation. pcall is included because it may not be easy |
---|
4109 | Â Â Â Â to determine that there are no critical sections between the future |
---|
4110 | Â Â Â Â expression and the code between the future call and the value's |
---|
4111 | Â Â Â Â first use. |
---|
4112 | |
---|
4113 | Â Â Â Â (delay E) is like future, but E's process does not begin until its |
---|
4114 |     value is needed. It provides lazy evaluation. Replacing delay |
---|
4115 | Â Â Â Â with future would launch an infinite number of processes. |
---|
4116 | Â Â } |
---|
4117 | } |
---|
4118 | |
---|
4119 | @techreport{Bretthauer89, |
---|
4120 |   keywords  = {multiple inheritance}, |
---|
4121 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4122 |   author   = {Harry Bretthauer and Thomas Christaller and J\"{u}rgen Kopp}, |
---|
4123 |   title    = {Multiple vs. Single Inheritance in Object-oriented Programming Languages. What do we really want?}, |
---|
4124 |   institution = {Gesellschaft F\"{u}r Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung mbH}, |
---|
4125 |   address   = {Schlo$\beta$ Birlinghoven, Postfach 12 40, D-5205 Sankt Augustin 1, Deutschland}, |
---|
4126 |   number   = {Arbeitspapiere der GMD 415}, |
---|
4127 |   month    = nov, |
---|
4128 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
4129 | } |
---|
4130 | |
---|
4131 | @inproceedings{c++:multinh, |
---|
4132 |   keywords  = {C++, multiple inheritance, implementation}, |
---|
4133 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4134 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
4135 |   title    = {Multiple Inheritance for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
4136 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Spring '87 EUUG Conference}, |
---|
4137 |   month    = may, year = 1987 |
---|
4138 | } |
---|
4139 | |
---|
4140 | @inproceedings{st:mult, |
---|
4141 |   keywords  = {smalltalk, multiple inheritance, implementation}, |
---|
4142 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4143 |   author   = {Daniel H. H. Ingalls and A. H. Borning}, |
---|
4144 |   title    = {Multiple Inheritance in Smalltalk-80}, |
---|
4145 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence}, |
---|
4146 |   month    = aug, |
---|
4147 |   year    = 1982, |
---|
4148 |   pages    = {234-238}, |
---|
4149 | Â Â organization=Â {American Association for Artificial Intelligence}, |
---|
4150 |   comment   = { |
---|
4151 | Â Â Â Â Methods are looked up in the current class, the superclasses, the |
---|
4152 |     supersuperclasses, etc. The same method can be inherited |
---|
4153 | Â Â Â Â repeatedly, but having different methods for the same message is an |
---|
4154 |     error. Only one copy is made for multiply-inherited fields. |
---|
4155 | |
---|
4156 |     {\tt X.m} is the method m in superclass X. {\tt super.m} is |
---|
4157 | Â Â Â Â allowed if there is no ambiguity; {\tt self super.m} replaces {\tt |
---|
4158 |     super m}. {\tt all.m} invokes all inherited versions of m. |
---|
4159 | |
---|
4160 |     Methods on the first-superclass chain are found as usual. Methods |
---|
4161 |     from other superclasses are copied into the class dictionary. An |
---|
4162 |     error method is created if inherited methods conflict. The parser |
---|
4163 |     is changed to allow compound selectors. {\tt Object |
---|
4164 | Â Â Â Â messageNotUnderstood} is changed to look for compound selectors and |
---|
4165 | Â Â Â Â dynamically add a method with the right name and body to the class. |
---|
4166 | Â Â Â Â When methods are edited, they are copied into subclasses and |
---|
4167 | Â Â Â Â compound selector versions are deleted, as appropriate. |
---|
4168 | Â Â } |
---|
4169 | } |
---|
4170 | |
---|
4171 | @article{Lamport86I, |
---|
4172 |   keywords  = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions}, |
---|
4173 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4174 |   author   = {Leslie Lamport}, |
---|
4175 |   title    = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{I}--A Theory of Interprocess Communication}, |
---|
4176 |   journal   = jacm, |
---|
4177 |   volume   = 33, |
---|
4178 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4179 |   month    = apr, |
---|
4180 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
4181 |   pages    = {313--326}, |
---|
4182 |   numpages  = {14}, |
---|
4183 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
4184 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
4185 | } |
---|
4186 | |
---|
4187 | @article{Lamport86II, |
---|
4188 |   keywords  = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions}, |
---|
4189 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4190 |   author   = {Leslie Lamport}, |
---|
4191 |   title    = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{II}--Statement and Solutions}, |
---|
4192 |   journal   = jacm, |
---|
4193 |   volume   = 33, |
---|
4194 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4195 |   month    = apr, |
---|
4196 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
4197 |   pages    = {327--348}, |
---|
4198 |   numpages  = {22}, |
---|
4199 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
4200 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
4201 | } |
---|
4202 | |
---|
4203 | @article{Burns78, |
---|
4204 |   keywords  = {hardware, N-process solution, O(N)}, |
---|
4205 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4206 |   author   = {James E. Burns}, |
---|
4207 |   title    = {Mutual Exclusion with Linear Waiting Using Binary Shared Variables}, |
---|
4208 |   journal   = {SIGACT News}, |
---|
4209 |   volume   = 10, |
---|
4210 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4211 |   month    = {Summer}, |
---|
4212 |   year    = 1978, |
---|
4213 |   pages    = {42-47}, |
---|
4214 | } |
---|
4215 | |
---|
4216 | @inproceedings{Burns80, |
---|
4217 |   keywords  = {N-process software solution}, |
---|
4218 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4219 |   author   = {James E. Burns and Nancy A. Lynch}, |
---|
4220 |   title    = {Mutual Exclusion using Indivisible Reads and Writes}, |
---|
4221 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the 18th Annual Allerton Conference on Communications, Control and Computing, Monticello, Illinois, USA}, |
---|
4222 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
4223 |   pages    = {833-842}, |
---|
4224 |   note    = {\href{http://groups.csail.mit.edu/tds/papers/Lynch/allertonconf.pdf}{\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}} [Accessed on March 2014]}, |
---|
4225 |   optnote   = {\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}}, |
---|
4226 | } |
---|
4227 | |
---|
4228 | @article{Peterson81, |
---|
4229 |   keywords  = {concurrency, critical section}, |
---|
4230 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4231 |   author   = {G. L. Peterson}, |
---|
4232 |   title    = {Myths About the Mutual Exclusion Problem}, |
---|
4233 |   journal   = ipl, |
---|
4234 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
4235 |   month    = jun, |
---|
4236 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
4237 |   number   = 3, |
---|
4238 |   pages    = {115-116}, |
---|
4239 | } |
---|
4240 | |
---|
4241 | % N |
---|
4242 | |
---|
4243 | @article{Haddon77, |
---|
4244 |   keywords  = {monitors, nested monitor calls}, |
---|
4245 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4246 |   author   = {Bruce K. Haddon}, |
---|
4247 |   title    = {Nested Monitor Calls}, |
---|
4248 |   journal   = osr, |
---|
4249 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
4250 |   number   = 4, |
---|
4251 |   month    = oct, |
---|
4252 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
4253 |   pages    = {18-23}, |
---|
4254 | } |
---|
4255 | |
---|
4256 | @inproceedings{nesting, |
---|
4257 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4258 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4259 |   author   = {Lori A. Clarke and Jack C. Wilenden and Alexander L. Wolf}, |
---|
4260 |   title    = {Nesting in {Ada} Programs is for the Birds}, |
---|
4261 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada} |
---|
4262 | Â Â Â Â Programming Language}, |
---|
4263 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
4264 |   month    = dec, pages = {139-145}, |
---|
4265 |   note    = {SIGPLAN Notices, v. 15, n. 11}, |
---|
4266 |   abstract  = { |
---|
4267 | Â Â Â Â Given a data abstraction construct like the Ada package and in the |
---|
4268 | Â Â Â Â light of current thoughts on programming methodology, we feel that |
---|
4269 |     nesting is an anachronism. In this paper we propose a nest-free |
---|
4270 | Â Â Â Â program style for Ada that eschews nested program units and |
---|
4271 | Â Â Â Â declarations within blocks and instead heavily utilizes packages |
---|
4272 | Â Â Â Â and context specifications as mechanisms for controlling |
---|
4273 |     visibility. We view this proposal as a first step toward the |
---|
4274 | Â Â Â Â development of programming methods that exploit the novel language |
---|
4275 |     features available in Ada. Consideration of this proposal's |
---|
4276 | Â Â Â Â ramifications for data flow, control flow, and overall program |
---|
4277 | Â Â Â Â structure substantiates our contention that a tree structure is |
---|
4278 | Â Â Â Â seldom a natural representation of a program and that nesting |
---|
4279 | Â Â Â Â therefore generally interferes with program development and |
---|
4280 | Â Â Â Â readability. |
---|
4281 | Â Â } |
---|
4282 | } |
---|
4283 | |
---|
4284 | @inproceedings{Buhr88, |
---|
4285 |   keywords  = {nested classes, persistence}, |
---|
4286 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4287 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr and C. R. Zarnke}, |
---|
4288 |   title    = {Nesting in an Object Oriented Language is NOT for the Birds}, |
---|
4289 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming}, |
---|
4290 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
4291 |   volume   = 322, |
---|
4292 |   editor   = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard}, |
---|
4293 |   address   = {Oslo, Norway}, |
---|
4294 |   month    = aug, |
---|
4295 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
4296 |   pages    = {128-145}, |
---|
4297 |   note    = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis}, |
---|
4298 | } |
---|
4299 | |
---|
4300 | @inproceedings{Thompson90new, |
---|
4301 |   keywords  = {Plan 9}, |
---|
4302 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4303 |   title    = {A New C Compiler}, |
---|
4304 |   author   = {Ken Thompson}, |
---|
4305 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Summer 1990 UKUUG Conference}, |
---|
4306 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
4307 |   pages    = {41--51}, |
---|
4308 |   url     = {http://doc.cat-v.org/bell_labs/new_c_compilers/new_c_compiler.pdf} |
---|
4309 | } |
---|
4310 | |
---|
4311 | @article{Trono94, |
---|
4312 |   author   = {John A. Trono}, |
---|
4313 |   title    = {A New Exercise in Concurrency}, |
---|
4314 |   journal   = {SIGCSE Bulletin}, |
---|
4315 |   volume   = {26}, |
---|
4316 |   number   = {3}, |
---|
4317 |   month    = sep, |
---|
4318 |   year    = {1994}, |
---|
4319 |   pages    = {8-10}, |
---|
4320 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
4321 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
4322 | } |
---|
4323 | |
---|
4324 | @article{Lamport74, |
---|
4325 |   keywords  = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)}, |
---|
4326 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4327 |   author   = {Leslie Lamport}, |
---|
4328 |   title    = {A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming Problem}, |
---|
4329 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
4330 |   month    = aug, |
---|
4331 |   year    = 1974, |
---|
4332 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
4333 |   number   = 8, |
---|
4334 |   pages    = {453-455}, |
---|
4335 | } |
---|
4336 | |
---|
4337 | @article{landin, |
---|
4338 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4339 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4340 |   author   = {P. J. Landin}, |
---|
4341 |   title    = {The Next 700 Programing Languages}, |
---|
4342 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
4343 |   year    = 1966, |
---|
4344 |   volume   = 9, |
---|
4345 |   pages    = {157-164}, |
---|
4346 | } |
---|
4347 | |
---|
4348 | @article{Herlihy05, |
---|
4349 |   keywords  = {Multiprocessors, concurrent data structures, dynamic data structures, memory management, nonblocking synchronization}, |
---|
4350 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4351 |   author   = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Paul Martin and Mark Moir}, |
---|
4352 |   title    = {Nonblocking Memory Management Support for Dynamic-sized Data Structures}, |
---|
4353 |   journal   = tocs, |
---|
4354 |   volume   = 23, |
---|
4355 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4356 |   month    = may, |
---|
4357 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
4358 |   pages    = {146-196}, |
---|
4359 |   numpages  = {51}, |
---|
4360 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
4361 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
4362 | } |
---|
4363 | |
---|
4364 | % O |
---|
4365 | |
---|
4366 | @inproceedings{oop:abcl/1, |
---|
4367 |   keywords  = {concurrency, OOPL, futures}, |
---|
4368 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4369 |   author   = {Akinori Yonezawa and Jean-Pierre Briot and Etsuya Shibayama}, |
---|
4370 |   title    = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming in {ABCL/1}}, |
---|
4371 |   crossref  = "OOPSLA86", |
---|
4372 |   pages    = {258-268}, |
---|
4373 |   comment   = { |
---|
4374 | Â Â Â Â Actions for messages sent to an object are executed concurrently |
---|
4375 |     iff the object has no members. A select construct specifies a set |
---|
4376 | Â Â Â Â of message patterns. |
---|
4377 | |
---|
4378 |     Express messages have priority. If an express message arrives |
---|
4379 | Â Â Â Â while an ordinary message is being processed, the action for the |
---|
4380 | Â Â Â Â ordinary message is suspended or aborted and the action for the |
---|
4381 |     express message is executed. The sender decides which class a |
---|
4382 |     message belongs in. Non-interruptible sections can be defined. |
---|
4383 | |
---|
4384 | Â Â Â Â Message sends can be non-blocking, or can block until a reply is |
---|
4385 |     received, at the sender's option. The receiver can continue to |
---|
4386 | Â Â Â Â execute after sending the reply. |
---|
4387 | |
---|
4388 | Â Â Â Â Replies can send back ``futures'', and put values in them later. |
---|
4389 |     Futures are queues of values, not single values. The caller can |
---|
4390 | Â Â Â Â use a ``ready?'' predicate to test for empty queue, or can use |
---|
4391 | Â Â Â Â operations to get the first or all queue elements; these operations |
---|
4392 | Â Â Â Â block if the queue is empty. |
---|
4393 | Â Â } |
---|
4394 | } |
---|
4395 | |
---|
4396 | @techreport{Schmidt95, |
---|
4397 |   keywords  = {ACE, concurrency, library}, |
---|
4398 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4399 |   author   = {Douglas C. Schmidt}, |
---|
4400 |   title    = {An OO Encapsulation of Lightweight OS Concurrency Mechanisms in the {ACE} Toolkit}, |
---|
4401 |   institution = {Washington University in St. Louis}, |
---|
4402 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
4403 |   number   = 31, |
---|
4404 |   note    = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.cs.wustl.edu/\-\char`\~schmidt/\-PDF/\-IPC\_SAP-92.pdf}}}, |
---|
4405 | } |
---|
4406 | |
---|
4407 | @inproceedings{OOEx, |
---|
4408 |   keywords  = {Exceptions, object-oriented programming languages}, |
---|
4409 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4410 |   author   = {Christophe Dony}, |
---|
4411 |   title    = {An Object-oriented Exception Handling System for an Object-oriented Language}, |
---|
4412 |   booktitle  = {ECOOP '88. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming}, |
---|
4413 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
4414 |   pages    = {146-161}, |
---|
4415 |   editor   = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard}, |
---|
4416 | Â Â organization=Â {DND, The Norwegian Computer Society}, |
---|
4417 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
4418 |   comment   = { |
---|
4419 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Objectives: |
---|
4420 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Users can define new exceptions. |
---|
4421 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Default handlers can be attached to exceptions. |
---|
4422 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Handlers can be attached to classes. |
---|
4423 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Handlers can be attached to dynamic entities (expressions). |
---|
4424 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Exceptions propagate first along the invocation chain. |
---|
4425 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Exceptions should be hierarchically organized classes. |
---|
4426 | Â Â Â Â Â Â - Handlers should take into account the exception hierarchy (i.e., |
---|
4427 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â should handle raising of sub-exceptions). |
---|
4428 |       The ``exceptional-event'' class has two subclasses. ``Warning'' |
---|
4429 | Â Â Â Â Â Â has a ``resume'' method, and ``error'' has ``exit'' and |
---|
4430 |       ``retry'' methods. Signalling an exception creates an instance |
---|
4431 | Â Â Â Â Â Â of the exception, whose members are used to pass information |
---|
4432 |       back to the handler. Handlers are instances of class |
---|
4433 | Â Â Â Â Â Â ``protect-handler'' with a method ``protect {\em expression}'', |
---|
4434 | Â Â Â Â Â Â or are methods defined for the class or the exception. |
---|
4435 | Â Â } |
---|
4436 | } |
---|
4437 | |
---|
4438 | @article{CommonObjects, |
---|
4439 |   author   = {A. Snyder}, |
---|
4440 |   title    = {Object-Oriented Programming for Common Lisp}, |
---|
4441 |   address   = {Palo Alto CA}, |
---|
4442 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4443 |   publisher  = {Software Technology Laboratory, Hewlett-Packard Laboratories}, |
---|
4444 |   journal   = {Report ATC-85-1}, |
---|
4445 | } |
---|
4446 | |
---|
4447 | @book{objective-c, |
---|
4448 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4449 |   author   = {Brad J. Cox}, |
---|
4450 |   title    = {Object-oriented programming; an evolutionary approach}, |
---|
4451 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
4452 |   year    = 1986 |
---|
4453 | } |
---|
4454 | |
---|
4455 | @book{Beta, |
---|
4456 |   keywords  = {Beta, object oriented, concurrency, exceptions}, |
---|
4457 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4458 |   author   = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard}, |
---|
4459 |   title    = {Object-oriented Programming in the {BETA} Programming Language}, |
---|
4460 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
4461 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
4462 | } |
---|
4463 | |
---|
4464 | @article{Flavors, |
---|
4465 |   author   = {D. A. Moon}, |
---|
4466 |   title    = {Object-Oriented Programming with Flavors}, |
---|
4467 |   address   = {Portland OR}, |
---|
4468 |   month    = sep, |
---|
4469 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
4470 |   journal   = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications}, |
---|
4471 | } |
---|
4472 | |
---|
4473 | @article{Buhr00b, |
---|
4474 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++, real-time}, |
---|
4475 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4476 |   author   = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji and Philipp E. Lim and Jiongxiong Chen}, |
---|
4477 |   title    = {Object-Oriented Real-Time Concurrency}, |
---|
4478 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
4479 |   volume   = 35, |
---|
4480 |   number   = 10, |
---|
4481 |   month    = oct, |
---|
4482 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
4483 |   pages    = {29-46}, |
---|
4484 |   note    = {OOPSLA'00, Oct. 15--19, 2000, Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.}, |
---|
4485 | } |
---|
4486 | |
---|
4487 | @book{Meyer88, |
---|
4488 |   keywords  = {Eiffel}, |
---|
4489 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4490 |   author   = {Bertrand Meyer}, |
---|
4491 |   title    = {Object-oriented Software Construction}, |
---|
4492 |   publisher  = {Prentice Hall}, |
---|
4493 |   year    = {1988}, |
---|
4494 |   series   = {Prentice Hall International Series in Computer Science}, |
---|
4495 | } |
---|
4496 | |
---|
4497 | @article{objectPascal, |
---|
4498 |   keywords  = {objects, modules}, |
---|
4499 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4500 |   author   = {Larry Tesler}, |
---|
4501 |   title    = {Object Pascal Report}, |
---|
4502 |   journal   = {Structured Language World}, |
---|
4503 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4504 |   volume   = 9, |
---|
4505 |   number   = 3, |
---|
4506 | } |
---|
4507 | |
---|
4508 | @misc{obj-c:next, |
---|
4509 |   keywords  = {categories, protocols, Objective C}, |
---|
4510 |   contributor = {gjditchfield@angus}, |
---|
4511 |   author   = {NeXT Computer, Inc.}, |
---|
4512 |   title    = {Objective C Extensions}, |
---|
4513 | Â Â howpublished=Â {On-line documentation in ``NEXTSTEP 3.1 Developer''}, |
---|
4514 |   year    = 1993 |
---|
4515 | } |
---|
4516 | |
---|
4517 | @book{Galletly96, |
---|
4518 |   keywords  = {occam}, |
---|
4519 |   author   = {John Galletly}, |
---|
4520 |   title    = {{OCCAM} 2: Including {OCCAM} 2.1}, |
---|
4521 |   publisher  = {{UCL} (University College London) Press Ltd.}, |
---|
4522 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
4523 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
4524 | } |
---|
4525 | |
---|
4526 | @techreport{Morrison88, |
---|
4527 |   keywords  = {objects, concurrency, persistence}, |
---|
4528 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4529 |   author   = {R. Morrison and A. L. Brown and R. Carrick and R. Connor and A. Dearle}, |
---|
4530 |   title    = {On the integration of Object-Oriented and Process-Oriented computation in persistent environments}, |
---|
4531 |   institution = {Department of Computational Science, University of St. Andrews, Scotland}, |
---|
4532 |   number   = {PPRR 57}, |
---|
4533 |   month    = jan, |
---|
4534 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
4535 | } |
---|
4536 | |
---|
4537 | @article{Peterson73, |
---|
4538 |   keywords  = {goto, structured programming}, |
---|
4539 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4540 |   author   = {W. W. Peterson and T. Kasami and N. Tokura}, |
---|
4541 |   title    = {On the Capabilities of While, Repeat, and Exit Statements}, |
---|
4542 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
4543 |   month    = aug, |
---|
4544 |   year    = 1973, |
---|
4545 |   volume   = 16, |
---|
4546 |   number   = 8, |
---|
4547 |   pages    = {503-512} |
---|
4548 | } |
---|
4549 | |
---|
4550 | @article{Baker82, |
---|
4551 |   keywords  = {compilation}, |
---|
4552 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4553 |   author   = {Theodore P. Baker}, |
---|
4554 |   title    = {A One-Pass Algorithm for Overload Resolution in {Ada}}, |
---|
4555 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
4556 |   year    = 1982, |
---|
4557 |   month    = oct, |
---|
4558 |   volume   = 4, |
---|
4559 |   number   = 4, |
---|
4560 |   pages    = {601-614}, |
---|
4561 |   abstract  = { |
---|
4562 | Â Â Â Â A simple method is presented for detecting ambiguities and finding |
---|
4563 | Â Â Â Â the correct interpretations of expressions in the programming |
---|
4564 |     language Ada. Unlike previously reported solutions to this |
---|
4565 | Â Â Â Â problem, which require multiple passes over a tree structure, the |
---|
4566 | Â Â Â Â method described here operates in one bottom-up pass, during which |
---|
4567 |     a directed acyclic graph is produced. The correctness of this |
---|
4568 | Â Â Â Â approach is demonstrated by a brief formal argument. |
---|
4569 | Â Â }, |
---|
4570 |   comment   = { |
---|
4571 | Â Â Â Â See also \cite{D:overload}. |
---|
4572 | Â Â Â Â } |
---|
4573 | } |
---|
4574 | |
---|
4575 | @techreport{OpenMP, |
---|
4576 |   keywords  = {concurrency, openmp, spmd}, |
---|
4577 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4578 |   author   = {OpenMP Architecture Review Board}, |
---|
4579 |   title    = {OpenMP Application Program Interface, Version 4.0}, |
---|
4580 |   month    = jul, |
---|
4581 |   year    = 2013, |
---|
4582 |   note    = {\href{http://www.openmp.org/mp-documents/OpenMP4.0.0.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.openmp.org/mp-documents/OpenMP4.0.0.pdf}}}, |
---|
4583 | } |
---|
4584 | |
---|
4585 | @book{Deitel04, |
---|
4586 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
4587 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4588 |   author   = {Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel and David R. Choffnes}, |
---|
4589 |   title    = {Operating Systems}, |
---|
4590 |   publisher  = {Pearson Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
4591 |   year    = 2004, |
---|
4592 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
4593 | } |
---|
4594 | |
---|
4595 | @book{Stalling98, |
---|
4596 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
4597 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4598 |   author   = {William Stallings}, |
---|
4599 |   title    = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles}, |
---|
4600 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
4601 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
4602 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
4603 | } |
---|
4604 | |
---|
4605 | @book{Stalling01, |
---|
4606 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
4607 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4608 |   author   = {William Stallings}, |
---|
4609 |   title    = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles}, |
---|
4610 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
4611 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
4612 |   edition   = {fourth}, |
---|
4613 | } |
---|
4614 | |
---|
4615 | @book{Silberschatz91, |
---|
4616 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
4617 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4618 |   author   = {Abraham Silberschatz and James L. Peterson and Peter Galvin}, |
---|
4619 |   title    = {Operating System Concepts}, |
---|
4620 |   publisher  = {Addision-Wesley}, |
---|
4621 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
4622 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
4623 | } |
---|
4624 | |
---|
4625 | @book{Tanenbaum87, |
---|
4626 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
4627 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4628 |   author   = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum}, |
---|
4629 |   title    = {Operating Systems : Design and Implementation}, |
---|
4630 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
4631 |   series   = {Software Series}, |
---|
4632 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
4633 | } |
---|
4634 | |
---|
4635 | @book{Hansen73, |
---|
4636 |   keywords  = {monitors}, |
---|
4637 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4638 |   author   = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
---|
4639 |   title    = {Operating System Principles}, |
---|
4640 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
4641 |   year    = 1973, |
---|
4642 | } |
---|
4643 | |
---|
4644 | @book{Bic03, |
---|
4645 |   keywords  = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
---|
4646 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4647 |   author   = {Lubomir F. Bic and Alan C. Shaw}, |
---|
4648 |   title    = {Operating System Principles}, |
---|
4649 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
4650 |   year    = 2003, |
---|
4651 | } |
---|
4652 | |
---|
4653 | @techreport{milner88, |
---|
4654 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4655 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4656 |   author   = {Robin Milner}, |
---|
4657 |   title    = {Operational and Algebraic Semantics of Concurrent Processes}, |
---|
4658 |   institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science}, |
---|
4659 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
4660 |   address   = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ}, |
---|
4661 |   month    = feb, |
---|
4662 |   number   = {ECS-LFCS-88-46} |
---|
4663 | } |
---|
4664 | |
---|
4665 | @article{Ford82, |
---|
4666 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4667 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4668 |   author   = {G. Ford and B. Hansche}, |
---|
4669 |   title    = {Optional, Repeatable, and Varying Type Parameters}, |
---|
4670 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
4671 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
4672 |   number   = 2, |
---|
4673 |   month    = feb, |
---|
4674 |   year    = 1982, |
---|
4675 |   pages    = {41-48}, |
---|
4676 | } |
---|
4677 | |
---|
4678 | @manual{pli, |
---|
4679 |   keywords  = {PL/I}, |
---|
4680 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4681 |   key     = {IBM}, |
---|
4682 |   title    = {{OS} and {DOS} {PL/I} Reference Manual}, |
---|
4683 | Â Â organization=Â {International Business Machines}, |
---|
4684 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
4685 |   month    = sep, |
---|
4686 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
4687 |   note    = {Manual GC26-3977-0}, |
---|
4688 | } |
---|
4689 | |
---|
4690 | @techreport{D:overload, |
---|
4691 |   keywords  = {overload resolution, compilation}, |
---|
4692 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4693 |   author   = {M. Dausmann et. al.}, |
---|
4694 |   title    = {Overloading in {Ada}}, |
---|
4695 |   institution = {Universitat Karlsruhe}, |
---|
4696 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
4697 |   number   = {23/79}, |
---|
4698 |   comment   = { |
---|
4699 | Â Â Â Â Probably the earliest description of the two-pass (bottom-up, |
---|
4700 | Â Â Â Â top-down) overload resolution algorithm. See also |
---|
4701 | Â Â Â Â \cite{PW:overload,WS:overload,PDM:overload,Cor:overload,Bak:overload}. |
---|
4702 | Â Â } |
---|
4703 | } |
---|
4704 | |
---|
4705 | @article{EB87, |
---|
4706 |   keywords  = {packages, private types, assignment, equality}, |
---|
4707 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4708 |   author   = {J. Dana Eckart and Richard J. LeBlanc}, |
---|
4709 |   title    = {Overloading in the {Ada} Language: Is it too restrictive?}, |
---|
4710 |   journal   = {Computer Languages}, |
---|
4711 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
4712 |   volume   = 12, number = {3/4}, pages = {163-172}, |
---|
4713 |   abstract  = { |
---|
4714 | Â Â Â Â Packages in the Ada language provide a mechanism for extending the |
---|
4715 |     language through the development of additional data types. Such |
---|
4716 | Â Â Â Â types can be better integrated into the language using operator |
---|
4717 | Â Â Â Â overloading; however, key limitations prevent new types from being |
---|
4718 |     transparently integrated into the language. Allowing function |
---|
4719 | Â Â Â Â names to overload private type names would give a cleaner and |
---|
4720 |     clearer mechanism for building values of these types. Furthermore, |
---|
4721 | Â Â Â Â by allowing redefinitions of ``:='' and by making it easier to |
---|
4722 | Â Â Â Â overload ``='' for private types, Ada coud be transformed into a |
---|
4723 | Â Â Â Â more expressive language. |
---|
4724 | Â Â } |
---|
4725 | } |
---|
4726 | |
---|
4727 | @article{PW:overload, |
---|
4728 |   keywords  = {compilation}, |
---|
4729 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4730 |   author   = {Guido Persch and Georg Winterstein and Manfred Dausman and Sophia Drossopoulou}, |
---|
4731 |   title    = {Overloading in Preliminary {Ada}}, |
---|
4732 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
4733 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
4734 |   month    = nov, volume = 15, number = 11, pages = {47-56}, |
---|
4735 |   note    = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada} Programming |
---|
4736 |      Language}, |
---|
4737 |   comment   = { |
---|
4738 | Â Â Â Â The two-pass (bottom-up, then top-down) algorithm, with a proof |
---|
4739 |     that two passes suffice. See also \cite{D:overload}. |
---|
4740 | Â Â } |
---|
4741 | } |
---|
4742 | |
---|
4743 | @article{SR, |
---|
4744 |   keywords  = {concurrency, messages, rendezvous}, |
---|
4745 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4746 |   author   = {Gregory R. Andrews and Ronald A. Olsson and Michael Coffin and |
---|
4747 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Irving Elshoff and Kelvin Nilsen and Titus Purdin and Gregg Townsend}, |
---|
4748 |   title    = {An Overview of the {SR} Language and Implementation}, |
---|
4749 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
4750 |   month    = jan, |
---|
4751 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
4752 |   volume   = 10, |
---|
4753 |   number   = 1, |
---|
4754 |   pages    = {51-86}, |
---|
4755 | } |
---|
4756 | |
---|
4757 | % P |
---|
4758 | |
---|
4759 | @article{Andrews91, |
---|
4760 |   keywords  = {general concurrency}, |
---|
4761 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4762 |   author   = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
---|
4763 |   title    = {Paradigms for Process Interaction in Distributed Programs}, |
---|
4764 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
4765 |   volume   = 23, |
---|
4766 |   number   = 1, |
---|
4767 |   month    = mar, |
---|
4768 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
4769 |   pages    = {49-90}, |
---|
4770 | } |
---|
4771 | |
---|
4772 | @book{PPC++, |
---|
4773 |   keywords  = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++}, |
---|
4774 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4775 |   editor   = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
---|
4776 |   title    = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
4777 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
4778 |   series   = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
---|
4779 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
4780 |   pages    = {1-42}, |
---|
4781 | } |
---|
4782 | |
---|
4783 | @incollection{Stroustrup96, |
---|
4784 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
4785 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4786 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
4787 |   title    = {A Perspective on Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
4788 |   editor   = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
---|
4789 |   booktitle  = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
4790 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
4791 |   series   = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
---|
4792 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
4793 |   pages    = {xxvi-xxvii}, |
---|
4794 | } |
---|
4795 | |
---|
4796 | @incollection{Yang96b, |
---|
4797 |   keywords  = {concurrency, C++}, |
---|
4798 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4799 |   author   = {Shelby X. Yang and Dennis Gannon and Peter Beckman and Jacob Gotwals and Neelakantan Sundaresan}, |
---|
4800 |   editor   = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
---|
4801 |   title    = {p{C}++}, |
---|
4802 |   booktitle  = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
4803 |   publisher  = {MIT Press}, |
---|
4804 |   address   = {Cambridge, MA, USA}, |
---|
4805 |   series   = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
---|
4806 |   pages    = {507-546}, |
---|
4807 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
4808 | } |
---|
4809 | |
---|
4810 | @article{goguen84, |
---|
4811 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4812 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4813 |   author   = {Goseph A. Goguen}, |
---|
4814 |   title    = {Parameterized Programming}, |
---|
4815 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
4816 |   year    = 1984, |
---|
4817 |   month    = sep, volume = "SE-10", number = 5, pages = {528-543}, |
---|
4818 |   abstract  = { |
---|
4819 | Â Â Â Â Parameterized programming is a powerful technique for the reliable |
---|
4820 |     reuse of software. In this technique, modules are parameterized |
---|
4821 | Â Â Â Â over very general interfaces that describe what properties of an |
---|
4822 | Â Â Â Â environment are required for the module to work correctly. |
---|
4823 | Â Â Â Â Reusability is enhanced by the flexibility of the parameterization |
---|
4824 |     mechanism proposed here. Reliability is further enhanced by |
---|
4825 | Â Â Â Â permitting interface requirements to include more than purely |
---|
4826 |     syntactic information. This paper introduces three new ideas that |
---|
4827 | Â Â Â Â seem especially useful in supporting parameterized programming: 1) |
---|
4828 | Â Â Â Â {\em theories}, which declare global properties of program modules |
---|
4829 | Â Â Â Â and interfaces; 2) {\em views}, which connect theories with program |
---|
4830 | Â Â Â Â modules in an elegant way; and 3) {\em module expressions}, a kind |
---|
4831 | Â Â Â Â of general structured program transformation which produces new |
---|
4832 |     modules by modifying and combining existing modules. Although |
---|
4833 | Â Â Â Â these ideas are illustrated with some simple examples in the OBJ |
---|
4834 | Â Â Â Â programming language, they should also be taken as proposals for an |
---|
4835 | Â Â Â Â Ada library system, for adding modules to Prolog, and as |
---|
4836 |     considerations for future language design efforts. OBJ is an |
---|
4837 | Â Â Â Â ultra-high level programming language, based upon rewrite rules, |
---|
4838 | Â Â Â Â that incorporates these ideas, and many others from modern |
---|
4839 | Â Â Â Â programming methodology. |
---|
4840 | Â Â } |
---|
4841 | } |
---|
4842 | |
---|
4843 | @inproceedings{c++:templates, |
---|
4844 |   author   = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
---|
4845 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4846 |   title    = {Parameterized Types for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
4847 |   booktitle  = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference}, |
---|
4848 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
4849 |   year    = 1988, pages = {1-18} |
---|
4850 | } |
---|
4851 | |
---|
4852 | @inproceedings{Boehm85, |
---|
4853 |   keywords  = {second-order unification}, |
---|
4854 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4855 |   author   = {Hans-J. Boehm}, |
---|
4856 |   title    = {Partial Polymorphic Type Inference is Undecidable}, |
---|
4857 |   booktitle  = {26th Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science}, |
---|
4858 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4859 |   pages    = {339-345}, |
---|
4860 | Â Â organization=Â {IEEE Computer Society}, |
---|
4861 |   publisher  = {IEEE Computer Society Press}, |
---|
4862 |   address   = {1730 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W, Washington, D.C. 20036-1903}, |
---|
4863 |   summary   = { |
---|
4864 | Â Â Â Â Given a base typed lambda calculus with function types, type |
---|
4865 | Â Â Â Â abstractions, and a recursive expression \(\mbox{fix } x:t.e\), |
---|
4866 | Â Â Â Â then type inference for the partially typed language |
---|
4867 | Â Â Â Â \begin{eqnarray} |
---|
4868 |     \lambda x:\tau.e    &\Rightarrow& \lambda x.e    \\ |
---|
4869 |     \mbox{fix } x:\tau.e  &\Rightarrow& \mbox{fix } x.e  \\ |
---|
4870 |     e \tau         &\Rightarrow& e ? |
---|
4871 | Â Â Â Â \end{eqnarray} |
---|
4872 | Â Â Â Â is undecidable. |
---|
4873 | Â Â } |
---|
4874 | } |
---|
4875 | |
---|
4876 | @book{Pascal, |
---|
4877 |   keywords  = {Pascal}, |
---|
4878 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4879 |   author   = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth}, |
---|
4880 |   title    = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report}, |
---|
4881 |   publisher  = {Springer--Verlag}, |
---|
4882 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4883 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
4884 |   note    = {Revised by Andrew B. Mickel and James F. Miner, ISO Pascal Standard} |
---|
4885 | } |
---|
4886 | |
---|
4887 | @book{Pascal:old, |
---|
4888 |   keywords  = {Pascal}, |
---|
4889 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4890 |   author   = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth}, |
---|
4891 |   title    = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report}, |
---|
4892 |   publisher  = {Springer--Verlag}, |
---|
4893 |   year    = 1975, |
---|
4894 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
4895 | } |
---|
4896 | |
---|
4897 | @article{Turba85, |
---|
4898 |   keywords  = {Pascal, exception handling, inheritance}, |
---|
4899 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4900 |   author   = {Thomas N. Turba}, |
---|
4901 |   title    = {The {P}ascal Exception Handling Proposal}, |
---|
4902 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
4903 |   volume   = 20, |
---|
4904 |   number   = 8, |
---|
4905 |   month    = aug, |
---|
4906 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
4907 |   pages    = {93-98}, |
---|
4908 | } |
---|
4909 | |
---|
4910 | @manual{Pascal/VS, |
---|
4911 |   keywords  = {PL/I}, |
---|
4912 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4913 |   key     = {IBM}, |
---|
4914 |   title    = {{P}ascal/{VS} Language Reference Manual}, |
---|
4915 | Â Â organization=Â {International Business Machines}, |
---|
4916 |   edition   = {first}, |
---|
4917 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
4918 |   note    = {Manual SH20-6168-1}, |
---|
4919 | } |
---|
4920 | |
---|
4921 | @article{Anderson90, |
---|
4922 |   keywords  = {spin locks, back off, performance}, |
---|
4923 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4924 |   author   = {Thomas E. Anderson}, |
---|
4925 |   title    = {The Performance of Spin Lock Alternatives for Shared-Memory Multiprocessors}, |
---|
4926 |   journal   = ieeepds, |
---|
4927 |   month    = jan, |
---|
4928 |   year    = 1990, |
---|
4929 |   volume   = 1, |
---|
4930 |   number   = 1, |
---|
4931 |   pages    = {6-16}, |
---|
4932 | } |
---|
4933 | |
---|
4934 | @article{poly, |
---|
4935 |   keywords  = {Poly, Standard ML, Russell, persistence}, |
---|
4936 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4937 |   author   = {David C. J. Matthews}, |
---|
4938 |   title    = {Poly Manual}, |
---|
4939 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
4940 |   month    = sep, year = 1985, |
---|
4941 |   volume   = 20, number = 9, pages = {52-76} |
---|
4942 | } |
---|
4943 | |
---|
4944 | @techreport{Atkinson87b, |
---|
4945 |   keywords  = {naming, persistence}, |
---|
4946 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4947 |   author   = {M. P. Atkinson and R. Morrison}, |
---|
4948 |   title    = {Polymorphic Names and Iterations}, |
---|
4949 |   institution = {Universities of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland}, |
---|
4950 |   number   = {PPRR-53-87}, |
---|
4951 |   month    = nov, |
---|
4952 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
4953 | } |
---|
4954 | |
---|
4955 | @book{Harland, |
---|
4956 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
4957 |   author   = {David M. Harland}, |
---|
4958 |   title    = {Polymorphic Programming Languages: Design and Implementation}, |
---|
4959 |   publisher  = {Ellis Horwood}, |
---|
4960 |   year    = 1984, |
---|
4961 |   series   = {Computers and their Applications}, |
---|
4962 |   address   = {Market Cross House, Cooper Street, Chichester, West Sussex, |
---|
4963 | Â Â Â Â PO19 1EB, England}, |
---|
4964 |   summary   = { |
---|
4965 | Â Â Â Â The principles of Procedural Abstraction, Data Type Completeness, |
---|
4966 | Â Â Â Â Declaration Correspondence, and Orthogonality are ruthlessly applied |
---|
4967 | Â Â Â Â to the design of a polymorphic language. |
---|
4968 | Â Â } |
---|
4969 | } |
---|
4970 | |
---|
4971 | @unpublished{poa, |
---|
4972 |   keywords  = {Force N, type inference, reusability, transcendance}, |
---|
4973 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4974 |   author   = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright}, |
---|
4975 |   title    = {Polymorphism, Overloading, and Abstraction}, |
---|
4976 |   note    = {personal communication} |
---|
4977 | } |
---|
4978 | |
---|
4979 | @inproceedings{forceone:impl, |
---|
4980 |   keywords  = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne}, |
---|
4981 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
4982 |   author   = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright}, |
---|
4983 |   title    = {Polymorphism in the Compiled Language {ForceOne}}, |
---|
4984 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the 20th Hawaii International Conference on Systems Sciences}, |
---|
4985 |   month    = jan, |
---|
4986 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
4987 |   pages    = {284-292}, |
---|
4988 | } |
---|
4989 | |
---|
4990 | @incollection{POOL-T, |
---|
4991 |   keywords  = {objects, concurrency}, |
---|
4992 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
4993 |   author   = {Pierre America}, |
---|
4994 |   title    = {POOL-T: A Parallel Object-Oriented Language}, |
---|
4995 |   booktitle  = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming}, |
---|
4996 |   publisher  = {The MIT Press}, |
---|
4997 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
4998 |   pages    = {199-220}, |
---|
4999 |   editor   = {Akinori Yonezawa and Mario Tokoro} |
---|
5000 | } |
---|
5001 | |
---|
5002 | @article{Hardgrave76, |
---|
5003 |   keywords  = {positional, keyword, parameters, arguments}, |
---|
5004 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5005 |   author   = {W. T. Hardgrave}, |
---|
5006 |   title    = {Positional versus Keyword Parameter Communication in Programming Languages}, |
---|
5007 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5008 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
5009 |   number   = 5, |
---|
5010 |   month    = may, |
---|
5011 |   year    = 1976, |
---|
5012 |   pages    = {52-58}, |
---|
5013 | } |
---|
5014 | |
---|
5015 | @book{PowerPC, |
---|
5016 |   key     = {PowerPC processor}, |
---|
5017 |   title    = {Programming Environments Manual for 32-Bit Implementations of the PowerPC ArchitectureARM Architecture}, |
---|
5018 |   publisher  = {Freescale Semiconductor}, |
---|
5019 |   volume   = {MPCFPE32B}, |
---|
5020 |   edition   = {Rev. 3}, |
---|
5021 |   month    = 9, |
---|
5022 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
5023 | } |
---|
5024 | |
---|
5025 | @article{Ada:preliminary, |
---|
5026 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
5027 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5028 |   author   = {Jean D. Ichbiah and Bernd Krieg-Brueckner and Brian A. Wichmann |
---|
5029 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â and Henry F. Ledgard and Jean-Claude Heliard and Jean-Raymond Abrial |
---|
5030 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â and John G. P. Barnes and Olivier Roubine}, |
---|
5031 |   title    = {Preliminary {Ada} Reference Manual}, |
---|
5032 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5033 |   volume   = 14, |
---|
5034 |   number   = 6, |
---|
5035 |   month    = jun, |
---|
5036 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
5037 |   note    = {Part A}, |
---|
5038 | } |
---|
5039 | |
---|
5040 | @techreport{Forsythe, |
---|
5041 |   author   = {John C. Reynolds}, |
---|
5042 |   title    = {Preliminary Design of the Programming Language {Forsythe}}, |
---|
5043 |   institution = {Carnegie Mellon University}, |
---|
5044 |   number   = {CMU-CS-88-159}, |
---|
5045 |   month    = jun, |
---|
5046 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
5047 | } |
---|
5048 | |
---|
5049 | @article{PRESTO, |
---|
5050 |   keywords  = {concurrency, threads}, |
---|
5051 |   contributer = {dgharriss@plg}, |
---|
5052 |   author   = {B. N. Bershad and E. D. Lazowska and H. M. Levy}, |
---|
5053 |   title    = {{PRESTO}: A System for Object-oriented Parallel Programming}, |
---|
5054 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
5055 |   volume   = 18, |
---|
5056 |   number   = 8, |
---|
5057 |   month    = aug, |
---|
5058 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
5059 |   pages    = {713-732} |
---|
5060 | } |
---|
5061 | |
---|
5062 | @book{Ben-Ari82, |
---|
5063 |   keywords  = {concurrency, parallel, programming languages}, |
---|
5064 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5065 |   author   = {Mordechai Ben-Ari}, |
---|
5066 |   title    = {Principles of Concurrent Programming}, |
---|
5067 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall International}, |
---|
5068 |   year    = 1982, |
---|
5069 | } |
---|
5070 | |
---|
5071 | @book{Tennent81, |
---|
5072 |   author   = {R. D. Tennent}, |
---|
5073 |   title    = {Principles of Programming Languages}, |
---|
5074 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall International}, |
---|
5075 |   year    = 1981, |
---|
5076 |   series   = {Series in Computer Science} |
---|
5077 | } |
---|
5078 | |
---|
5079 | @article{Lister77, |
---|
5080 |   keywords  = {monitors, nested monitor calls}, |
---|
5081 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5082 |   author   = {Andrew Lister}, |
---|
5083 |   title    = {The Problem of Nested Monitor Calls}, |
---|
5084 |   journal   = osr, |
---|
5085 |   volume   = 11, |
---|
5086 |   number   = 3, |
---|
5087 |   month    = jul, |
---|
5088 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
5089 |   pages    = {5-7}, |
---|
5090 | } |
---|
5091 | |
---|
5092 | @article{psa:persistence, |
---|
5093 |   keywords  = {persistence, first-class procedures, closure, PS-Algol, |
---|
5094 | Â Â Â Â Abstract Data Types}, |
---|
5095 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5096 |   author   = {Malcolm P. Atkinson and Ronald Morrison}, |
---|
5097 |   title    = {Procedures as Persistent Data Objects}, |
---|
5098 |   journal   = toplas, |
---|
5099 |   volume   = {7},  number = {4}, |
---|
5100 |   pages    = {539-559}, |
---|
5101 |   month    = oct, year = 1985, |
---|
5102 |   comment   = { |
---|
5103 | Â Â Â Â PS-Algol has ``structures'', accessible only through ``pntrs''. |
---|
5104 |     Pntrs can refer to any type of structure. Field references involve |
---|
5105 |     a run-time check. This, plus first-class procedures, can simulate |
---|
5106 |     abstract data types. Procedure variables operating on pntrs |
---|
5107 |     simulate ADT operations. A block defines a structure to implement |
---|
5108 |     the ADT, and assigns procedures to the variables. Functions |
---|
5109 |     returning structures containing procedures simulate multiple |
---|
5110 | Â Â Â Â implementations and parameterized ADTs. |
---|
5111 | |
---|
5112 | Â Â Â Â An outer procedure that returns a procedure that contains |
---|
5113 | Â Â Â Â (non-local) references to the outer procedure's parameters |
---|
5114 | Â Â Â Â implements partial evaluation. |
---|
5115 | |
---|
5116 |     Modules can be simulated like ADT's. The module itself is a |
---|
5117 | Â Â Â Â structure instance that is placed in persistent storage, and the |
---|
5118 | Â Â Â Â module is imported by fetching it from the persistent store. |
---|
5119 |     Multiple instances of modules are easy. Installation of new |
---|
5120 | Â Â Â Â versions can be done by replacing the version in the database. |
---|
5121 | Â Â } |
---|
5122 | } |
---|
5123 | |
---|
5124 | @article{Procol89, |
---|
5125 |   keywords  = {active objects, object-oriented languages, |
---|
5126 | Â Â Â Â object-based languages, explicit per-object protocol}, |
---|
5127 |   contributer = {akgoel@plg}, |
---|
5128 |   author   = {Jan van den Bos and Chris Laffra}, |
---|
5129 |   title    = {PROCOL: A Parallel Object Language with Protocols}, |
---|
5130 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5131 |   volume   = 24, |
---|
5132 |   number   = 10, |
---|
5133 |   month    = oct, |
---|
5134 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
5135 |   pages    = {95-102}, |
---|
5136 |   note    = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'89 Conference, Oct. 1--6, 1989, New Orleans, Lousiana}, |
---|
5137 |   abstract  = {}, |
---|
5138 | } |
---|
5139 | |
---|
5140 | @book{Butenhof97, |
---|
5141 |   keywords  = {PThreads, concurrency}, |
---|
5142 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5143 |   author   = {David R. Butenhof}, |
---|
5144 |   title    = {Programming with {POSIX} Threads}, |
---|
5145 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
5146 |   series   = {Professional Computing}, |
---|
5147 |   year    = 1997, |
---|
5148 | } |
---|
5149 | |
---|
5150 | @book{SETL, |
---|
5151 |   keywords  = {SETL}, |
---|
5152 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5153 |   author   = {J. T. Schwartz and R. B. K. Dewar and E. Dubinsky and E. Schonberg}, |
---|
5154 |   title    = {Programming with Sets: An Introduction to {SETL}}, |
---|
5155 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
5156 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
5157 | } |
---|
5158 | |
---|
5159 | @book{Genuys68, |
---|
5160 |   keywords  = {contains Dijkstra's Cooperating Sequential Processes}, |
---|
5161 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5162 |   editor   = {F. Genuys}, |
---|
5163 |   title    = {Programming Languages}, |
---|
5164 |   publisher  = {Academic Press}, |
---|
5165 |   address   = {London, New York}, |
---|
5166 |   year    = 1968, |
---|
5167 |   note    = {NATO Advanced Study Institute, Villard-de-Lans, 1966} |
---|
5168 | } |
---|
5169 | |
---|
5170 | @manual{ANSI99:C, |
---|
5171 |   keywords  = {ANSI C 99}, |
---|
5172 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5173 |   title    = {Programming Languages -- {C}}, |
---|
5174 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E)}, |
---|
5175 |   publisher  = {American National Standards Institute}, |
---|
5176 |   address   = {www.ansi.org}, |
---|
5177 |   year    = 1999, |
---|
5178 | } |
---|
5179 | |
---|
5180 | @manual{ANSI98:C++, |
---|
5181 |   keywords  = {ANSI C++ 98}, |
---|
5182 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5183 |   key     = {C++98}, |
---|
5184 |   title    = {Programming Languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
5185 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 14882:1998 (E)}, |
---|
5186 |   publisher  = {American National Standards Institute}, |
---|
5187 |   address   = {www.ansi.org}, |
---|
5188 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
5189 | } |
---|
5190 | |
---|
5191 | @manual{ANSI14:C++, |
---|
5192 |   keywords  = {ISO/IEC C++ 14}, |
---|
5193 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5194 |   key     = {C++14}, |
---|
5195 |   title    = {Programming Languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
---|
5196 |   edition   = {fourth}, |
---|
5197 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 14882:2014 (E)}, |
---|
5198 |   publisher  = {International Standard Organization}, |
---|
5199 |   address   = {http://www.iso.org}, |
---|
5200 |   year    = 2014, |
---|
5201 | } |
---|
5202 | |
---|
5203 | @manual{MS:VisualC++, |
---|
5204 |   keywords  = {Microsoft Visual C++}, |
---|
5205 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5206 |   title    = {Microsoft Visual {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} .NET Language Reference}, |
---|
5207 | Â Â organization=Â {Microsoft Corporation}, |
---|
5208 |   year    = 2002, |
---|
5209 |   note    = {Microsoft Press, Redmond, Washington, U.S.A.}, |
---|
5210 | } |
---|
5211 | |
---|
5212 | @article{HasselBring00, |
---|
5213 |   keywords  = {concurrency, prototyping}, |
---|
5214 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5215 |   author   = {Wilhelm Hasselbring}, |
---|
5216 |   title    = {Programming Languages and Systems for Prototyping Concurrent Applications}, |
---|
5217 |   journal   = acmcs, |
---|
5218 |   volume   = 32, |
---|
5219 |   number   = 1, |
---|
5220 |   month    = mar, |
---|
5221 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
5222 |   pages    = {43-79}, |
---|
5223 | } |
---|
5224 | |
---|
5225 | @article{LLgen, |
---|
5226 |   keywords  = {ll(1), parser generator, separate compilation}, |
---|
5227 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5228 |   author   = {Dick Grune and Ceriel J. J. Jacobs}, |
---|
5229 |   title    = {A Programmer-friendly LL(1) Parser Generator}, |
---|
5230 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
5231 |   month    = jan, year = 1988, |
---|
5232 |   volume   = 18, number = 1, pages = {29-33}, |
---|
5233 |   comment   = { |
---|
5234 |     LLgen generates C-language recursive-descent parsers. The input |
---|
5235 | Â Â Â Â contains procedure-like rules with alternation and repetition |
---|
5236 | Â Â Â Â constructs on the right, and (typed) parameters on the left. |
---|
5237 | Â Â Â Â C actions are specified between items in the right side. |
---|
5238 | Â Â Â Â Alternation and repetition (reduce and shift) conflicts can be |
---|
5239 | Â Â Â Â resolved statically or at run time. |
---|
5240 | |
---|
5241 |     A grammar can be specified in several files. All files must be |
---|
5242 | Â Â Â Â submitted to LLgen at once, but if the C file generated is no |
---|
5243 | Â Â Â Â different from the old version, then the old version is not |
---|
5244 | Â Â Â Â replaced and hence need not be recompiled, which saves lots of |
---|
5245 | Â Â Â Â time. |
---|
5246 | |
---|
5247 | Â Â Â Â When an incorrect token is found, the automatic error recovery |
---|
5248 | Â Â Â Â algorithm discards tokens until an ``acceptable'' token is found; |
---|
5249 | Â Â Â Â if the acceptable token is not correct, a correct one is inserted. |
---|
5250 | Â Â } |
---|
5251 | } |
---|
5252 | |
---|
5253 | @techreport{russell, |
---|
5254 |   keywords  = {Russell}, |
---|
5255 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5256 |   author   = {H. Boehm and A. Demers and J. Donahue}, |
---|
5257 |   title    = {A Programmer's Introduction to Russell}, |
---|
5258 |   institution = {Rice University}, |
---|
5259 |   year    = 1985, |
---|
5260 |   number   = {85-16} |
---|
5261 | } |
---|
5262 | |
---|
5263 | @techreport{PDM89, |
---|
5264 |   keywords  = {existential types, universal types}, |
---|
5265 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5266 |   author   = {Benjamin Pierce and Scott Dietzen and Spiro Michaylov}, |
---|
5267 |   title    = {Programming in Higher-Order Typed Lambda Calculi}, |
---|
5268 |   institution = {School of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University}, |
---|
5269 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
5270 |   address   = {Pittsburg, PA 15213-3890}, |
---|
5271 |   month    = mar, number = {CMU-CS-89-111}, |
---|
5272 |   abstract  = { |
---|
5273 | Â Â Â Â This tutorial presents a hierarchy of increasingly powerful |
---|
5274 | Â Â Â Â languages, beginning with Church's simply typed |
---|
5275 | Â Â Â Â \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_1\)) and the second-order polymorphic |
---|
5276 | Â Â Â Â \(\lambda\)-calculus of Girard and Reynolds, and culminating in a |
---|
5277 | Â Â Â Â fragment of Girard's \(\omega\)-order polymorphic |
---|
5278 |     \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_\omega\)). Our focus throughout is on |
---|
5279 | Â Â Â Â the unusual style of programming that arises in these languages, |
---|
5280 | Â Â Â Â where all functions are total and the primary control construct is |
---|
5281 | Â Â Â Â iteration rather than general recursion. |
---|
5282 | Â Â } |
---|
5283 | } |
---|
5284 | |
---|
5285 | @book{Modula-2, |
---|
5286 |   keywords  = {modules, coroutines}, |
---|
5287 |   contributer = {pabuhr}, |
---|
5288 |   author   = {Niklaus Wirth}, |
---|
5289 |   title    = {Programming in Modula-2}, |
---|
5290 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
5291 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
5292 |   edition   = {fourth}, |
---|
5293 |   series   = {Texts and Monographs in Computer Science}, |
---|
5294 | } |
---|
5295 | |
---|
5296 | @manual{Ada, |
---|
5297 |   keywords  = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions}, |
---|
5298 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5299 |   title    = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual}, |
---|
5300 | Â Â organization=Â {United States Department of Defense}, |
---|
5301 |   edition   = {{ANSI/MIL-STD-1815A-1983}}, |
---|
5302 |   month    = feb, |
---|
5303 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
5304 |   note    = {Published by Springer-Verlag} |
---|
5305 | } |
---|
5306 | |
---|
5307 | @manual{ada:old, |
---|
5308 |   keywords  = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions}, |
---|
5309 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5310 |   title    = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual}, |
---|
5311 | Â Â organization=Â {United States Department of Defense}, |
---|
5312 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
5313 |   year    = 1981 |
---|
5314 | } |
---|
5315 | |
---|
5316 | @book{Ghezzi, |
---|
5317 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
5318 |   author   = {Carlo Ghezzi and Mehdi Jazayeri}, |
---|
5319 |   title    = {Programming Language Concepts}, |
---|
5320 |   publisher  = {Wiley}, |
---|
5321 |   year    = 1982 |
---|
5322 | } |
---|
5323 | |
---|
5324 | @article{ConcurrentPascal, |
---|
5325 |   keywords  = {Concurrent Pascal}, |
---|
5326 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5327 |   author   = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
---|
5328 |   title    = {The Programming Language Concurrent Pascal}, |
---|
5329 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
5330 |   volume   = 2, |
---|
5331 |   month    = jun, |
---|
5332 |   year    = 1975, |
---|
5333 |   pages    = {199-206} |
---|
5334 | } |
---|
5335 | |
---|
5336 | @phdthesis{Buhr85:thesis, |
---|
5337 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
5338 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5339 |   author   = {P. A. Buhr}, |
---|
5340 |   title    = {A Programming System}, |
---|
5341 |   school   = {University of Manitoba}, |
---|
5342 |   year    = {1985} |
---|
5343 | } |
---|
5344 | |
---|
5345 | @techreport{pierce91, |
---|
5346 |   keywords  = {typed lambda calculus}, |
---|
5347 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5348 |   author   = {Benjamin C. Pierce}, |
---|
5349 |   title    = {Programming with Intersection Types, Union Types, and Polymorphism}, |
---|
5350 |   institution = {Carnegie Mellon University}, |
---|
5351 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
5352 |   month    = feb, number = "CMU-CS-91-106", |
---|
5353 |   annote   = { |
---|
5354 | Â Â Â Â Discusses a typed lambda calculus with |
---|
5355 | Â Â Â Â \begin{itemize} |
---|
5356 | Â Â Â Â \item |
---|
5357 | Â Â Â Â Intersection types \(\tau = \tau_1\wedge\tau_2\) with \(\tau \le |
---|
5358 | Â Â Â Â \tau_i\) for all \(i\). |
---|
5359 | Â Â Â Â \item |
---|
5360 | Â Â Â Â Union types \(\tau = \tau_1\vee\tau_2\) with \(\tau_i \le \tau\), |
---|
5361 |     and with implicit coercions from \(tau_i\) to \(\tau\). Only |
---|
5362 | Â Â Â Â operations valid for both element types can be applied to the |
---|
5363 |     union; there are no projections. Union types are to variant |
---|
5364 | Â Â Â Â records as set union is to disjoint set union. |
---|
5365 | Â Â Â Â \item |
---|
5366 | Â Â Â Â Function types and universal quantification, with subtyping rules. |
---|
5367 | Â Â Â Â When functions and arguments intersections, the result of |
---|
5368 | Â Â Â Â application is the intersection of all valid combinations. |
---|
5369 | Â Â Â Â \item |
---|
5370 | Â Â Â Â Distribution rules for combinations of types. |
---|
5371 | Â Â Â Â \item |
---|
5372 | Â Â Â Â "Union elimination": "case \(x = e\) of \(e'\)", where \(e\) is a |
---|
5373 | Â Â Â Â union, has type \(\tau\) if \(e'\) has that type with \(x\) having |
---|
5374 | Â Â Â Â every element type of the union. |
---|
5375 | Â Â Â Â \item |
---|
5376 | Â Â Â Â "Finitary quantification": "for \(t\) in \(\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_n.e\)" |
---|
5377 | Â Â Â Â typechecks \(e\) with \(t\) bound to each choice, and intersects |
---|
5378 | Â Â Â Â the results. |
---|
5379 | Â Â Â Â \end{itemize} |
---|
5380 | |
---|
5381 | Â Â Â Â Examples include: type of "natural" numbers, treated as a union of |
---|
5382 | Â Â Â Â "zero" and "positive" types; default parameters, faked by using an |
---|
5383 | Â Â Â Â argument that is an intersection of a data type and a function |
---|
5384 | Â Â Â Â taking an explicit argument. |
---|
5385 | |
---|
5386 | Â Â Â Â Unions can be mostly faked, according to Mitchell: |
---|
5387 | Â Â Â Â \[\tau_1\vee\tau_2 \equiv |
---|
5388 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â \forall\tau.(\tau_1\on\tau)\wedge(\tau_2\on\tau)\] |
---|
5389 | Â Â } |
---|
5390 | } |
---|
5391 | |
---|
5392 | @article{promises, |
---|
5393 |   keywords  = {futures, Argus, call streams, rpc}, |
---|
5394 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5395 |   author   = {Barbara Liskov and Liuba Shrira}, |
---|
5396 |   title    = {Promises: Linguistic Support for Efficient Asynchronous |
---|
5397 | Â Â Â Â Â Procedure Calls in Distributed Systems}, |
---|
5398 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5399 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
5400 |   month    = jul, volume = 23, number = 7, pages = {260-267}, |
---|
5401 |   note    = {Proceedings of the SIGPLAN '88 Conference on Programming Language |
---|
5402 | Â Â Â Â Â Design and Implementation}, |
---|
5403 |   abstract  = { |
---|
5404 | Â Â Â Â This paper deals with the integration of an efficient asynchronous |
---|
5405 |     remote procedure call mechanism into a programming language. It |
---|
5406 | Â Â Â Â describes a new data type called a {\em promise} that was designed |
---|
5407 |     to support asynchronous calls. Promises allow a caller to run in |
---|
5408 | Â Â Â Â parallel with a call and to pick up the results of the call, |
---|
5409 | Â Â Â Â including any exceptions it raises, in a convenient and type-safe |
---|
5410 |     manner. The paper also discusses efficient composition of |
---|
5411 | Â Â Â Â sequences of asynchronous calls to different locations in a |
---|
5412 | Â Â Â Â network. |
---|
5413 | Â Â } |
---|
5414 | } |
---|
5415 | |
---|
5416 | @article{Cook89, |
---|
5417 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
5418 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5419 |   author   = {W. R. Cook}, |
---|
5420 |   title    = {A Proposal for Making {Eiffel} Type-safe}, |
---|
5421 |   journal   = {The Computer Journal}, |
---|
5422 |   year    = 1989, |
---|
5423 |   volume   = 32, number = 4, pages = {305-311}, |
---|
5424 |   abstract  = { |
---|
5425 | Â Â Â Â |
---|
5426 | Â Â } |
---|
5427 | } |
---|
5428 | |
---|
5429 | @inproceedings{Foxall79, |
---|
5430 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
5431 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5432 |   author   = {D. G. Foxall and M. L. Joliat and R. F. Kamel and J. J. Miceli}, |
---|
5433 |   title    = {{PROTEL}: A High Level Language for Telephony}, |
---|
5434 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings 3rd International Computer Software and Applications Conference}, |
---|
5435 |   month    = nov, |
---|
5436 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
5437 |   pages    = {193-197}, |
---|
5438 | } |
---|
5439 | |
---|
5440 | @techreport{PS-Algol, |
---|
5441 |   keywords  = {algol, persistence}, |
---|
5442 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5443 |   key     = {PS-Algol}, |
---|
5444 |   title    = {The {PS-Algol} Reference Manual, 4th Ed.}, |
---|
5445 |   author   = {}, |
---|
5446 |   institution = {University of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland}, |
---|
5447 |   number   = {PPRR 12}, |
---|
5448 |   month    = jun, |
---|
5449 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
5450 | } |
---|
5451 | |
---|
5452 | @manual{Python, |
---|
5453 |   keywords  = {Python}, |
---|
5454 |   contributer = {pabuhr}, |
---|
5455 |   title    = {Python Reference Manual, Release 2.5}, |
---|
5456 |   author   = {Guido van Rossum}, |
---|
5457 | Â Â organization=Â {Python Software Foundation}, |
---|
5458 |   month    = sep, |
---|
5459 |   year    = 2006, |
---|
5460 |   note    = {Fred L. Drake, Jr., editor}, |
---|
5461 | } |
---|
5462 | |
---|
5463 | % Q |
---|
5464 | |
---|
5465 | @article{Grossman06, |
---|
5466 |  keywords = {Cyclone, existential types, polymorphism, type variables}, |
---|
5467 |  contributer = {a3moss@plg}, |
---|
5468 |  author = {Grossman, Dan}, |
---|
5469 |  title = {Quantified Types in an Imperative Language}, |
---|
5470 |  journal = toplas, |
---|
5471 |  issue_date = {May 2006}, |
---|
5472 |  volume = {28}, |
---|
5473 |  number = {3}, |
---|
5474 |  month = may, |
---|
5475 |  year = {2006}, |
---|
5476 |  issn = {0164-0925}, |
---|
5477 |  pages = {429--475}, |
---|
5478 |  numpages = {47}, |
---|
5479 |  url = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/1133651.1133653}, |
---|
5480 |  doi = {10.1145/1133651.1133653}, |
---|
5481 |  acmid = {1133653}, |
---|
5482 |  publisher = {ACM}, |
---|
5483 |  address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
5484 | } |
---|
5485 | |
---|
5486 | @article{Hoare61, |
---|
5487 |   keywords  = {quick sort}, |
---|
5488 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5489 |   author   = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
---|
5490 |   title    = {Algorithms 63/64: Partition/Quicksort}, |
---|
5491 |   journal   = cacm, |
---|
5492 |   volume   = 4, |
---|
5493 |   number   = 7, |
---|
5494 |   month    = jul, |
---|
5495 |   year    = 1961, |
---|
5496 |   pages    = {321}, |
---|
5497 | } |
---|
5498 | |
---|
5499 | % R |
---|
5500 | |
---|
5501 | @article{Ada:rationale:preliminary, |
---|
5502 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
5503 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5504 |   author   = {J. D. Ichbiah and J. C. Heliard and O. Roubine and |
---|
5505 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â J. G. P. Barnes and B. Krieg-Brueckner and B. A. Wichmann}, |
---|
5506 |   title    = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language}, |
---|
5507 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5508 |   volume   = 14, |
---|
5509 |   number   = 6, |
---|
5510 |   month    = jun, |
---|
5511 |   year    = 1979, |
---|
5512 |   note    = {Part B}, |
---|
5513 | } |
---|
5514 | |
---|
5515 | @book{Ada:rationale, |
---|
5516 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
5517 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5518 |   author   = {Jean D. Ichbiah and John G. P. Barnes and Robert J. Firth and Mike Woodger}, |
---|
5519 |   title    = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language}, |
---|
5520 |   publisher  = {Under Secretary of Defense, Research and Engineering}, |
---|
5521 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
5522 |   address   = {Ada Joint Program Office, OUSDRE(R\&AT), The Pentagon, Washington, D. C., 20301, U.S.A.}, |
---|
5523 | } |
---|
5524 | |
---|
5525 | @manual{Ada95, |
---|
5526 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
5527 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5528 |   title    = {{A}da Reference Manual}, |
---|
5529 |   edition   = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}}, |
---|
5530 |   organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.}, |
---|
5531 |   month    = dec, |
---|
5532 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
5533 |   note    = {Language and Standards Libraries} |
---|
5534 | } |
---|
5535 | |
---|
5536 | @manual{Ada12, |
---|
5537 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
5538 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5539 |   title    = {Programming languages -- {Ada}}, |
---|
5540 |   edition   = {third}, |
---|
5541 | Â Â organization=Â {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014}, |
---|
5542 |   publisher  = {International Standard Organization}, |
---|
5543 |   address   = {http://www.iso.org}, |
---|
5544 |   year    = 2012, |
---|
5545 | } |
---|
5546 | |
---|
5547 | @manual{Ada95:annotated, |
---|
5548 |   keywords  = {Ada}, |
---|
5549 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5550 |   title    = {Annotated {A}da Reference Manual}, |
---|
5551 |   edition   = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}}, |
---|
5552 |   organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.}, |
---|
5553 |   month    = dec, |
---|
5554 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
5555 |   note    = {Language and Standards Libraries} |
---|
5556 | } |
---|
5557 | |
---|
5558 | @book{JavaRT00, |
---|
5559 |   keywords  = {real time, draft}, |
---|
5560 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5561 |   author   = {Greg Bollella and Ben Brosgol and Peter Dibble and Steve Furr and James Gosling and David Hardin and Mark Turnbull}, |
---|
5562 |   title    = {The Real-Time Specification for {J}ava}, |
---|
5563 |   series   = {The Real-Time for Java Expert Group, {\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}}, |
---|
5564 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
5565 |   year    = 2000, |
---|
5566 | } |
---|
5567 | |
---|
5568 | @manual{JavaRT99, |
---|
5569 | Â Â organization=Â {Real Time for Java Experts Group}, |
---|
5570 |   address   = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}}, |
---|
5571 |   month    = sep, |
---|
5572 |   year    = 1999, |
---|
5573 | } |
---|
5574 | |
---|
5575 | @article{Robinson48, |
---|
5576 |   keywords  = {recursion, Ackermann function}, |
---|
5577 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5578 |   author   = {Raphael Mitchel Robinson}, |
---|
5579 |   title    = {Recursion and Double Recursion}, |
---|
5580 |   publisher  = {American Mathematical Society}, |
---|
5581 |   journal   = {Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society}, |
---|
5582 |   volume   = 54, |
---|
5583 |   pages    = {987-993}, |
---|
5584 |   year    = 1948, |
---|
5585 | } |
---|
5586 | |
---|
5587 | @article{Dijkstra:red, |
---|
5588 |   keywords  = {ada}, |
---|
5589 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5590 |   author   = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
---|
5591 |   title    = {On the RED Language submitted to the DoD}, |
---|
5592 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5593 |   year    = 1978, |
---|
5594 |   month    = oct, |
---|
5595 |   volume   = 13, |
---|
5596 |   number   = 10, |
---|
5597 |   pages    = {27-32}, |
---|
5598 | } |
---|
5599 | |
---|
5600 | @article{RemoteRendezvous, |
---|
5601 |   keywords  = {rendezvous, concurrency}, |
---|
5602 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5603 |   author   = {N. D. Gammage and R. F. Kamel and L. M. Casey}, |
---|
5604 |   title    = {Remote Rendezvous}, |
---|
5605 |   journal   = spe, |
---|
5606 |   month    = oct, |
---|
5607 |   year    = 1987, |
---|
5608 |   volume   = 17, |
---|
5609 |   number   = 10, |
---|
5610 |   pages    = {741-755} |
---|
5611 | } |
---|
5612 | |
---|
5613 | @article{Euclid, |
---|
5614 |   keywords  = {Euclid}, |
---|
5615 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5616 |   author   = {B. W. Lampson and J. J. Horning and R. L. London and J. G. Mitchell and G. L. Popek}, |
---|
5617 |   title    = {Report on the Programming Language Euclid}, |
---|
5618 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5619 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
5620 |   number   = 2, |
---|
5621 |   month    = feb, |
---|
5622 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
5623 |   pages    = {1-79} |
---|
5624 | } |
---|
5625 | |
---|
5626 | @techreport{LOGLAN88, |
---|
5627 |   keywords  = {LOGLAN}, |
---|
5628 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5629 |   author   = {Boleslaw Ciesielski and Antoni Kreczmar and Marek Lao and Andrzej Litwiniuk and Teresa Przytycka and Andrzej Salwicki and Jolanta Warpechowska and Marek Warpechowski and Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska--Wasersztrum}, |
---|
5630 |   title    = {Report on the Programming Language LOGLAN'88}, |
---|
5631 |   institution = {Institute of Informatics, University of Warsaw}, |
---|
5632 |   address   = {Pkin 8th Floor, 00-901 Warsaw, Poland}, |
---|
5633 |   number   = {}, |
---|
5634 |   month    = dec, |
---|
5635 |   year    = 1988, |
---|
5636 | } |
---|
5637 | |
---|
5638 | @article{FH91, |
---|
5639 |   keywords  = {lcc}, |
---|
5640 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5641 |   author   = {Christopher W. Fraser and David R. Hanson}, |
---|
5642 |   title    = {A Retargetable Compiler for {ANSI} {C}}, |
---|
5643 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5644 |   year    = 1991, |
---|
5645 |   month    = oct, volume = 26, number = 10, pages = {29-43}, |
---|
5646 |   abstract  = { |
---|
5647 |     {\tt lcc} is a new retargetable compiler for ANSI C. Versions for |
---|
5648 | Â Â Â Â the VAX, Motorola 68020, SPARC, and MIPS are in production use at |
---|
5649 |     Princeton University and at AT\&T Bell Laboratories. With a few |
---|
5650 | Â Â Â Â exceptions, little about {\tt lcc} is unusual---it integrates |
---|
5651 | Â Â Â Â several well engineered, existing techniques---but it is smaller |
---|
5652 | Â Â Â Â and faster than most other C compilers, and it generates code of |
---|
5653 |     comparable quality. {\tt lcc}'s target-independent front end |
---|
5654 | Â Â Â Â performs a few simple, but effective, optimizations that contribute |
---|
5655 | Â Â Â Â to good code; examples include simulating register declarations and |
---|
5656 |     partitioning switch statements into dense tables. It also |
---|
5657 | Â Â Â Â implements target-independent function tracing and expression-level |
---|
5658 | Â Â Â Â profiling. |
---|
5659 | Â Â } |
---|
5660 | } |
---|
5661 | |
---|
5662 | @article{Algol68revised, |
---|
5663 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
5664 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5665 |   author   = {A. van Wijngaarden and B. J. Mailloux and J. E. L. Peck and |
---|
5666 | Â Â Â Â C. H. A. Koster and M. Sintzoff and C. H. Lindsey and L. G. L. T. |
---|
5667 | Â Â Â Â Meertens and R. G. Fisher}, |
---|
5668 |   title    = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language {ALGOL} 68}, |
---|
5669 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5670 |   year    = 1977, |
---|
5671 |   month    = may, |
---|
5672 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
5673 |   number   = 5, |
---|
5674 |   pages    = {1-70} |
---|
5675 | } |
---|
5676 | |
---|
5677 | @article{scheme, |
---|
5678 |   keywords  = {}, |
---|
5679 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5680 |   author   = {Jonathan Rees and William Clinger}, |
---|
5681 |   title    = {Revised$^3$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme}, |
---|
5682 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5683 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
5684 |   month    = dec, |
---|
5685 |   volume   = 21, |
---|
5686 |   number   = 12, |
---|
5687 |   pages    = {37-79}, |
---|
5688 | } |
---|
5689 | |
---|
5690 | @article{scheme5, |
---|
5691 |   keywords  = {scheme}, |
---|
5692 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5693 |   author   = {H. Abelson and Adams, IV, N. I. and D. H. Bartley and G. Brooks and R. K. Dybvig and D. P. Friedman and |
---|
5694 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â R. Halstead and C. Hanson and C. T. Haynes and E. Kohlbecker and D. Oxley and K. M. Pitman and G. J. Rozas and |
---|
5695 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â G. L. Steele Jr. and G. J. Sussman and M. Wand and \emph{Ed. by} Richard Kelsey and William Clinger and Jonathan Rees}, |
---|
5696 |   title    = {Revised$^5$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme}, |
---|
5697 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5698 |   year    = 1998, |
---|
5699 |   month    = sep, |
---|
5700 |   volume   = 33, |
---|
5701 |   number   = 9, |
---|
5702 |   pages    = {26-76}, |
---|
5703 | } |
---|
5704 | |
---|
5705 | @manual{Rust, |
---|
5706 |   keywords  = {Rust programming language}, |
---|
5707 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5708 |   title    = {The {Rust} Programming Language}, |
---|
5709 | Â Â organization=Â {The Rust Project Developers}, |
---|
5710 |   year    = 2015, |
---|
5711 |   note    = {\href{https://doc.rust-lang.org/reference.html}{https://\-doc.rust-lang.org/\-reference.html}}, |
---|
5712 | } |
---|
5713 | |
---|
5714 | % S |
---|
5715 | |
---|
5716 | @inproceedings{Michael04, |
---|
5717 |   keywords  = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation}, |
---|
5718 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5719 |   author   = {Maged M. Michael}, |
---|
5720 |   title    = {Scalable Lock-free Dynamic Memory Allocation}, |
---|
5721 |   booktitle  = {PLDI '04: Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 2004 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation}, |
---|
5722 |   location  = {Washington DC, USA}, |
---|
5723 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
5724 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
5725 |   volume   = 39, |
---|
5726 |   year    = 2004, |
---|
5727 |   month    = jun, |
---|
5728 |   pages    = {35-46}, |
---|
5729 | } |
---|
5730 | |
---|
5731 | @article{Anderson92, |
---|
5732 |   keywords  = {light-weight tasks}, |
---|
5733 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5734 |   author   = {Thomas E. Anderson and Brian N. Bershad and Edward D. Lazowska and Henry M. Levy}, |
---|
5735 |   title    = {Scheduler Activations: Effective Kernel Support for the User-Level Management of Parallelism}, |
---|
5736 |   journal   = tocs, |
---|
5737 |   volume   = 10, |
---|
5738 |   number   = 1, |
---|
5739 |   month    = feb, |
---|
5740 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
5741 |   pages    = {53-79}, |
---|
5742 | } |
---|
5743 | |
---|
5744 | @manual{SELF, |
---|
5745 |   keywords  = {programming language, obect-oriented, polymorphism}, |
---|
5746 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5747 |   author   = {Ole Agesen and Lars Bak and Craig Chambers and Bay-Wei Chang and Urs H{\o}lzle |
---|
5748 | Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â and John H. Maloney and Randall B. Smith and David Ungar and Mario Wolczko}, |
---|
5749 |   title    = {The {SELF} 3.0 Programmer's Reference Manual}, |
---|
5750 | Â Â organization=Â {Sun Microsystems, Inc., and Stanford University}, |
---|
5751 |   year    = 1993, |
---|
5752 | } |
---|
5753 | |
---|
5754 | @inproceedings{Cardelli84, |
---|
5755 |   keywords  = {subtypes, recursive types, records, variants, object oriented}, |
---|
5756 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5757 |   author   = {Luca Cardelli}, |
---|
5758 |   title    = {A Semantics of Multiple Inheritance}, |
---|
5759 |   booktitle  = {Semantics of Data Types}, |
---|
5760 |   year    = 1984, |
---|
5761 |   pages    = {51-67}, |
---|
5762 |   editor   = {G. Kahn and D. B. MacQueen and G. D. Plotkin}, |
---|
5763 |   publisher  = {Springer-Verlag}, |
---|
5764 |   note    = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science v. 173}, |
---|
5765 | } |
---|
5766 | |
---|
5767 | @techreport{Adve95, |
---|
5768 |   keywords  = {shared memory, consistency models}, |
---|
5769 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5770 |   author   = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo}, |
---|
5771 |   title    = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial}, |
---|
5772 |   institution = {Western Research Laboratory}, |
---|
5773 |   address   = {250 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301, U.S.A.}, |
---|
5774 |   number   = {7}, |
---|
5775 |   month    = sep, |
---|
5776 |   year    = 1995, |
---|
5777 |   note    = {\href{http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/Compaq-DEC/WRL-95-7.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-WRL-95-7.pdf}}, Reprinted in \cite{Adve95reprint}.}, |
---|
5778 | } |
---|
5779 | |
---|
5780 | @article{Adve95reprint, |
---|
5781 |   keywords  = {shared memory, consistency models}, |
---|
5782 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5783 |   author   = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo}, |
---|
5784 |   journal   = {Computer}, |
---|
5785 |   title    = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial}, |
---|
5786 |   month    = dec, |
---|
5787 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
5788 |   volume   = 29, |
---|
5789 |   number   = 12, |
---|
5790 |   pages    = {66-76}, |
---|
5791 | } |
---|
5792 | |
---|
5793 | @inproceedings{Howard76b, |
---|
5794 |   keywords  = {monitors}, |
---|
5795 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5796 |   author   = {J. H. Howard}, |
---|
5797 |   title    = {Signaling in Monitors}, |
---|
5798 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings Second International Conference Software Engineering}, |
---|
5799 |   address   = {San Francisco, U.S.A}, |
---|
5800 |   publisher  = {IEEE Computer Society}, |
---|
5801 |   month    = oct, |
---|
5802 |   year    = 1976, |
---|
5803 |   pages    = {47-52} |
---|
5804 | } |
---|
5805 | |
---|
5806 | @techreport{Schemenauer01, |
---|
5807 |   keywords  = {Phthon, generator, coroutine}, |
---|
5808 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5809 |   author   = {Neil Schemenauer and Tim Peters and Magnus Lie Hetland}, |
---|
5810 |   title    = {Simple Generators}, |
---|
5811 |   month    = may, |
---|
5812 |   year    = 2001, |
---|
5813 |   note    = {{\small\textsf{http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0255.html}}}, |
---|
5814 | } |
---|
5815 | |
---|
5816 | @inproceedings{Michael96, |
---|
5817 |   keywords  = {compare_and_swap, concurrent queue, lock-free, multiprogramming, non-blocking}, |
---|
5818 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5819 |   author   = {Maged M. Michael and Michael L. Scott}, |
---|
5820 |   title    = {Simple, Fast, and Practical Non-blocking and Blocking Concurrent Queue Algorithms}, |
---|
5821 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Fifteenth Annual ACM Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}, |
---|
5822 |   series   = {PODC'96}, |
---|
5823 |   year    = 1996, |
---|
5824 |   location  = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA}, |
---|
5825 |   pages    = {267--275}, |
---|
5826 |   numpages  = {9}, |
---|
5827 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
5828 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
5829 | } |
---|
5830 | |
---|
5831 | @inproceedings{Dice10, |
---|
5832 |   keywords  = {hardware, synchronization, transactional memory}, |
---|
5833 |   author   = {Dave Dice and Yossi Lev and Virendra J. Marathe and Mark Moir and Dan Nussbaum and Marek Olszewski}, |
---|
5834 |   title    = {Simplifying Concurrent Algorithms by Exploiting Hardware Transactional Memory}, |
---|
5835 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual ACM Symposium on Parallelism in Algorithms and Architectures}, |
---|
5836 |   series   = {SPAA'10}, |
---|
5837 |   year    = 2010, |
---|
5838 |   location  = {Thira, Santorini, Greece}, |
---|
5839 |   pages    = {325-334}, |
---|
5840 |   numpages  = {10}, |
---|
5841 |   publisher  = {ACM}, |
---|
5842 |   address   = {New York, NY, USA}, |
---|
5843 | } |
---|
5844 | |
---|
5845 | @article{PDM:overload, |
---|
5846 |   keywords  = {compilation}, |
---|
5847 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5848 |   author   = {Tom Pennello and Frank DeRemer and Richard Meyers}, |
---|
5849 |   title    = {A Simplified Operator Identification Scheme for {Ada}}, |
---|
5850 |   journal   = sigplan, |
---|
5851 |   year    = 1980, |
---|
5852 |   month    = {July--August}, |
---|
5853 |   volume   = 15, |
---|
5854 |   number   = {7/8}, |
---|
5855 |   pages    = {82-87}, |
---|
5856 |   comment   = { |
---|
5857 | Â Â Â Â The two-pass (bottom-up, top-down) overload resolution algorithm |
---|
5858 | Â Â Â Â for Ada, with a proof that two passes suffice and a claim that two |
---|
5859 |     are necessary. See \cite{D:overload}. |
---|
5860 | Â Â } |
---|
5861 | } |
---|
5862 | |
---|
5863 | @book{SimulaBegin, |
---|
5864 |   author   = {Graham M. Birtwistle and Ole-Johan Dahl and Bj{\o}rn Myhrhaug and Kristen Nygaard}, |
---|
5865 |   title    = {{SIMULA} begin}, |
---|
5866 |   publisher  = {Studentlitteratur}, |
---|
5867 |   year    = {1980}, |
---|
5868 |   address   = {Lund, Sweden}, |
---|
5869 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
5870 | } |
---|
5871 | |
---|
5872 | @book{Simula67, |
---|
5873 |   author   = "O-J Dahl and B. Myhrhaug and K. Nygaard", |
---|
5874 |   address   = "Oslo Norway", |
---|
5875 |   month    = oct, |
---|
5876 |   year    = 1970, |
---|
5877 |   publisher  = "Norwegian Computing Center", |
---|
5878 |   title    = "Simula67 Common Base Language" |
---|
5879 | } |
---|
5880 | |
---|
5881 | @book{smalltalk, |
---|
5882 |   keywords  = {Smalltalk, abstract class, protocol}, |
---|
5883 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5884 |   author   = {A. Goldberg and D. Robson}, |
---|
5885 |   title    = {Smalltalk-80: The Language and its Implementation}, |
---|
5886 |   publisher  = {Addison-Wesley}, |
---|
5887 |   year    = 1983 |
---|
5888 | } |
---|
5889 | |
---|
5890 | @inproceedings{Edelson92, |
---|
5891 |   keywords  = {persistence, pointers}, |
---|
5892 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5893 |   author   = {Daniel R. Edelson}, |
---|
5894 |   title    = {Smart Pointers: They're Smart, but They're Not Pointers}, |
---|
5895 |   booktitle  = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings}, |
---|
5896 | Â Â organization=Â {USENIX Association}, |
---|
5897 |   address   = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.}, |
---|
5898 |   month    = aug, |
---|
5899 |   year    = 1992, |
---|
5900 |   pages    = {1-19}, |
---|
5901 | } |
---|
5902 | |
---|
5903 | @book{SNOBOL, |
---|
5904 |   keywords  = {SNOBOL4}, |
---|
5905 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5906 |   author   = {R. E. Griswold and J. F. Poage and I. P. Polonsky}, |
---|
5907 |   title    = {The SNOBOL4 Programming Language}, |
---|
5908 |   edition   = {second}, |
---|
5909 |   publisher  = {Prentice-Hall}, |
---|
5910 |   year    = 1971, |
---|
5911 | } |
---|
5912 | |
---|
5913 | @article{Sutter05b, |
---|
5914 |   keywords  = {concurrency}, |
---|
5915 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5916 |   author   = {Herb Sutter and James Larus}, |
---|
5917 |   title    = {Software and the Concurrency Revolution}, |
---|
5918 |   journal   = Queue, |
---|
5919 |   year    = 2005, |
---|
5920 |   month    = sep, |
---|
5921 |   volume   = 3, |
---|
5922 |   number   = 7, |
---|
5923 |   pages    = {54-62}, |
---|
5924 | } |
---|
5925 | |
---|
5926 | @inproceedings{raytheon, |
---|
5927 |   keywords  = {cobol}, |
---|
5928 |   contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
---|
5929 |   author   = {Robert G. Lanergan and Charles A. Grasso}, |
---|
5930 |   title    = {Software Engineering with Reusable Designs and Code}, |
---|
5931 |   booktitle  = {Workshop on Reusability in Programming}, |
---|
5932 |   year    = 1983, |
---|
5933 |   month    = sep, |
---|
5934 |   pages    = {224-234}, |
---|
5935 | Â Â organization=Â {{ITT} Programming}, |
---|
5936 |   summary   = { |
---|
5937 | Â Â Â Â 60\% of business application design and code are redundant. |
---|
5938 |     Three standard program plans are used. Reuse doubles productivity |
---|
5939 | Â Â Â Â during development and greatly helps program comprehension during |
---|
5940 | Â Â Â Â maintenance. |
---|
5941 | Â Â } |
---|
5942 | } |
---|
5943 | |
---|
5944 | @article{Hecht86, |
---|
5945 |   keywords  = {exception handling, robustness}, |
---|
5946 |   contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
---|
5947 |   author   = {H. Hecht and M. Hecht}, |
---|
5948 |   title    = {Software Reliability in the Systems Context}, |
---|
5949 |   journal   = ieeese, |
---|
5950 |   year    = 1986, |
---|
5951 |   volume   = 12, |
---|
5952 |   number   = 1, |
---|
5953 |   pages    = {51-58}, |
---|
5954 | } |
---|
5955 | |
---|
5956 | @inproceedings{Herlihy03, |
---|
5957 |   author   = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir and William N. {Scherer III}}, |
---|
5958 |   title    = {Software Transactional Memory for Dynamic-sized Data Structures}, |
---|
5959 |   booktitle  = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}, |
---|
5960 |   series   = {PODC '03}, |
---|
5961 |   year    = {2003}, |
---|
5962 |   location  = {Boston, Massachusetts}, |
---|
5963 |   pages    = {92-101}, |
---|
5964 | Â |
---|